\NormalFont\ShortTitle{Revelation}

{\MT ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ



\par }{\MS Introduction

\par }\ChapOne{1}{\MM \VerseOne{1}Ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἣν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς δεῖξαι τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ—ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει. Καὶ ἐσήμανεν, ἀποστείλας διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου αὐτοῦ τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννῃ,

\VS{2}ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ—ὅσα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:2 }{\FT{οσα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 τε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR}}} εἶδεν, καὶ ἅτινά εἰσιν καὶ ἃ χρὴ γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:2 }{\FT{ειδεν και ατινα εισιν και α (ατινα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e}}, −α
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}}) χρη γενεσθαι μετα ταυτα (−μ. τ.
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}})
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,g}} CP ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅙,f,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (The long form has attestation from all three main lines of transmission—{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} is solid, as are
{\BD{d-e}} and
{\BD{g}};
{\BD{h}} goes with the bulk of the third line for the short form. ειδεν would be ‘He saw’, referring to Christ—compare 22:20—He is the one passing on the ‘revelation’; the whole book is what
{\ND{Jesus Christ}} is testifying, as an eye witness; I assume that early copyists missed the point, applying ειδεν to John, but then they couldn’t make sense of the full text and so proceeded to omit the awkward parts.) [Since modern critics often reason like early copyists, I suspect that this variant at the outset of the book pre-disposed them against
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} (={\BD{M}}{\SUP{c}}/{\BD{K}}{\SUP{r}}).]}}}

\VS{3}Μακάριος ὁ ἀναγινώσκων καὶ οἱ ἀκούοντες τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας, καὶ τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα· ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς.


\par }{\PP \VS{4}Ἰωάννης, ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ· Χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:4 }{\FT{απο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,g,hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{18}}ℵA,C,CP,NU ¦ 1 θεου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,fpt,hpt,i}} RP,HF,OC ¦ 1 του
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{fpt}} TR (OC is in small print.) (I would say that θεου was added to help the reader make the correct association; see the next note.)}}} ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ Πνευμάτων ἃ ἐστιν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:4 }{\FT{α εστιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d¼,e,g,hpt,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,hpt,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{18}}C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ των
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ℵA (Render ‘the seven-fold Spirit that is’; απο ο ων … και απο των επτα … και απο ιησου … presumably refers to the Trinity, so ‘the seven-fold Spirit’ refers to the Holy Spirit—if the Godhead can be three in one, why may not the Holy Spirit be seven in one? The grammatical anomaly of a plural subject with a singular verb may have given rise to the other variants.)}}} ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ,

\VS{5}καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός, ὁ πρωτότοκος ἐκ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:5 }{\FT{εκ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d¼,e}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e¼,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{18}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU (The figure of death as a huge womb was too strong; by omitting the preposition the interpretation becomes ambiguous; ‘firstborn’ can receive the derived meaning of ‘boss’, or whatever. However, the point is precisely that Jesus Christ was the first one to be ‘born’ from that particular ‘womb’—but only the first!)}}} τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς.

\par }{\PP Τῷ ἀγαπήσαντι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:5 }{\FT{τω αγαπησαντι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e}} CP,TR ¦ 1 αγαπωντι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt(pt),h,ipt(pt)}} 𝕻{\SUP{18}}(ℵ)A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ος ηγαπησεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}}}}} ἡμᾶς καὶ λούσαντι\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:5 }{\FT{λουσαντι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d¼,ept,f,g,hpt,ipt}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ λυσαντι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,g¼,hpt,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{18}}ℵA,C,NU ¦ ελουσεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}}}}} ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:5 }{\FT{απο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ εκ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{18}}ℵA,C,NU}}} τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ—

\VS{6}καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:6 }{\FT{βασιλειαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅙,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{18}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ βασιλεις και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e}} TR}}} ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρὶ αὐτοῦ—αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.


\par }{\PP \VS{7}Ἰδού, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμός, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν. Καὶ κόψονται ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς. Ναί, ἀμήν.


\par }{\PP \VS{8}«Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:8 }{\FT{αλφα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅔,e⅓,f,h¼,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ Α
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e⅔,g,h}} OC,TR}}} καὶ τὸ Ὦ,»\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:8 }{\FT{Ω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h,ipt}} A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 αρχη και τελος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e,i¼}} ℵ,TR ¦ 1 η αρχη και το τελος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}}}}} λέγει Κύριος ὁ Θεός,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:8 }{\FT{κυριος ο θεος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 21 TR}}} «Ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ.»


\par }{\MS John is commissioned

\par }{\MM \VS{9}Ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης, ὁ
\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:9 }{\FT{ο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 και TR}}} ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν καὶ κοινωνὸς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:9 }{\FT{κοινωνος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h¼,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ συγκοινωνος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,h,i¼}} A(ℵC)OC,NU,TR}}} ἐν τῇ θλίψει καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:9 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 εν τη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,g,i⅕}} TR ¦ 1 εν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅕}}}}} βασιλείᾳ καὶ ὑπομονῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:9 }{\FT{εν χριστω ιησου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h¼,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ~ 132 OC ¦ 12 A ¦ ~ 3 χριστου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h¼}} TR ¦ 13
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} ℵC,NU}}} ἐγενόμην ἐν τῇ νήσῳ τῇ καλουμένῃ Πάτμῳ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ διὰ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:9 }{\FT{δια
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e,fpt,g,h¼,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,fpt,h}} A,C,NU}}} τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:9 }{\FT{χριστου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,dpt,e⅔,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,e⅓,h}} ℵA,C,NU}}}

\VS{10}Ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι ἐν τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ὀπίσω μου, μεγάλην\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:10 }{\FT{φωνην οπισω μου μεγαλην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h¼,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ~ 2314
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} ℵC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 1423 (A)[7 other mss]}}} ὡς σάλπιγγος,

\VS{11}λεγούσης,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:11 }{\FT{λεγουσης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅙,f,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 εγω το Α και το Ω ο πρωτος και ο εσχατος και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,(g)}} TR}}} «Ὃ βλέπεις γράψον εἰς βιβλίον καὶ πέμψον ταῖς ἑπτὰ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:11 }{\FT{επτα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} ἐκκλησίαις·\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:11 }{\FT{εκκλησιαις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ταις εν ασια TR}}} εἰς Ἔφεσον καὶ εἰς Σμύρναν καὶ εἰς Πέργαμον καὶ εἰς Θυάτειρα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:11 }{\FT{εις θυατειρα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 θυατηρα [16 assorted mss] ¦ 1 θυατειραν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅗,hpt}} ¦ 1 θυατιραν A,C ¦ εν θυατειροις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}}}}} καὶ εἰς Σάρδεις καὶ εἰς Φιλαδέλφειαν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:11 }{\FT{φιλαδελφειαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,dpt,ept,f,gpt,h⅔,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ φιλαδελφιαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,dpt,ept,gpt,h⅓,i¼}} ℵA,C}}} καὶ εἰς Λαοδίκειαν.»

\VS{12}Καὶ ἐκεῖ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:12 }{\FT{εκει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h¼,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h}} ℵA,C,NU,TR (It was at that point that he turned.) (OC is in small print.)}}} ἐπέστρεψα βλέπειν τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις ἐλάλει\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:12 }{\FT{ελαλει
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ελαλησεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔,g,h⅕}} TR ¦ λαλει A ¦ ελαλη [13 assorted mss]}}} μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Καὶ ἐπιστρέψας εἶδον ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς,

\VS{13}καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:13 }{\FT{επτα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,hpt}} A,C,NU}}} λυχνιῶν ὅμοιον υἱῷ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:13 }{\FT{υιω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,d,e,h,ipt}} A,C,CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ υιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,f,g,ipt}} ℵ,HF,NU}}} ἀνθρώπου, ἐνδεδυμένον ποδήρη καὶ περιεζωσμένον πρὸς τοῖς μαζοῖς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:13 }{\FT{μαζοις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} A,CP [{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} in comm] ¦ μαστοις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e,f,h,i}} C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ μασθοις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e¼,g}} ℵ (It is possible that μαζοις was more commonly used of males, and μαστοις of females; since the figure was clothed, the nipples would not be visible, so the point is presumably to give the position of the belt—across the middle of the chest [see 15:6].)}}} ζώνην χρυσῆν.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:13 }{\FT{χρυσην
{\IT{rell}} ¦ χρυσαν ℵA,C,NU ¦ three other spellings [6 mss]}}}

\VS{14}Ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ αἱ τρίχες, λευκαὶ ὡσεὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:14 }{\FT{ωσει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔(⅓),hpt,ipt}} C,CP,TR ¦ ως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,f,g,hpt,ipt}}ℵA,RP,OC,NU ¦ και ως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b}} HF (Since ως occurs twice immediately following, and twice more in the next verse, there may have been an assimilating influence.)}}} ἔριον, λευκὸν ὡς χιών· καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός·

\VS{15}καὶ οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ, ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένοι·\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:15 }{\FT{πεπυρωμενοι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ πεπυρωμενης A,C,NU ¦ πεπυρωμενω ℵ[+12 assorted mss] ¦ six further spellings [11 mss]}}} καὶ ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν·

\VS{16}καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:16 }{\FT{χειρι αυτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅓,f,hpt,i¼}} ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,g,h¼,i}} RP,HF,TR ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓(¼)h⅓}}}}} ἀστέρας ἑπτά, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη· καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ
\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:16 }{\FT{ο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d¼,e⅓,g¼,h⅓}}}}} ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ.


\par }{\PP \VS{17}Καὶ ὅτε εἶδον αὐτὸν ἔπεσα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:17 }{\FT{επεσα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,b,e⅔,g,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ επεσον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅖,d,e⅓,f,hpt,ipt}}}}} πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὡς νεκρός. Καὶ ἐπέθηκεν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:17 }{\FT{επεθηκεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h¼}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ εθηκεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ χεῖρα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:17 }{\FT{χειρα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e}} CP,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,NU (OC is in small print.)}}} ἐπ᾿ ἐμὲ λέγων·\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:17 }{\FT{λεγων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 μοι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅖}} TR}}} «Μὴ φοβοῦ. Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Πρῶτος καὶ ὁ Ἔσχατος,

\VS{18}καὶ ὁ ζῶν—καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρός, καὶ ἰδού, ζῶν εἰμι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, ἀμήν·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:18 }{\FT{αμην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅓,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔,hpt}} ℵA,C,OC,NU}}} καὶ ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:18 }{\FT{κλεις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,b,d,e,g,h⅔,ipt}} (A,C),RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ κλειδας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅙,f,h⅓,ipt}} ℵ,CP,HF}}} τοῦ Θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:18 }{\FT{θανατου και του αδου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅓,ept,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP(HF)OC,NU ¦ ~ 4231
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,ept,h¼}} TR}}}

\VS{19}Γράψον οὖν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:19 }{\FT{ουν r{\IT{ell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅖}} TR}}} ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἅ εἰσιν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 1:19 }{\FT{γενεσθαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,fpt,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{98v}}ℵC,CP,NU ¦ γινεσθαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,fpt,g,h,ipt}} RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ γεινεσθαι A}}} μετὰ ταῦτα.

\VS{20}Τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων ὧν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 1:20 }{\FT{ων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,g,h⅓,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ ους
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d¼,e,h⅔}} ℵA,C,NU}}} εἶδες ἐπὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς μου, καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ λυχνίας τὰς χρυσᾶς· οἱ ἑπτὰ ἀστέρες ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν εἰσιν, καὶ αἱ ἑπτὰ λυχνίαι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 1:20 }{\FT{αι επτα λυχνιαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅔(⅓),hpt}} (ℵ)CP,TR ¦ ~ 1312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,hpt,i}} A(C)RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἃς εἶδες ἑπτὰ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 1:20 }{\FT{ας ειδες επτα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e}} CP,TR ¦ 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ αι 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,h¼}}}}} ἐκκλησίαι εἰσίν.




\par }{\MS The seven letters

\par }\Chap{2}{\SH To
{\ND{Ephesus}}
\par }
{\MM \VerseOne{1}»Τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:1 }{\FT{εν εφεσω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εφεσινης TR ¦ εφεσιων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅖}} ¦ ~ εκκλησιας 2 CP}}} ἐκκλησίας γράψον· Τάδε λέγει ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν·

\VS{2}‹Οἶδα τὰ ἔργα σου, καὶ τὸν κόπον,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:2 }{\FT{κοπον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e¼,i¼}} A,C,CP,NU ¦ 1 σου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵ,RP,HF,OC,TR}}} καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ ὅτι οὐ δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς. Καὶ ἐπείρασας\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:2 }{\FT{επειρασας
{\IT{rell}} ¦ επειρασω TR}}} τοὺς λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους εἶναι\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:2 }{\FT{λεγοντας εαυτους αποστολους ειναι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 123 ℵA,C[+10 assorted mss]NU ¦ ~ φασκοντας 43 TR}}} καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν, καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς·

\VS{3}καὶ ἐβάστασας καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:3 }{\FT{εβαστασας και υπομονην εχεις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept(pt)g,hpt}} CP,TR ¦ ~ 3421
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,hpt,i}} [ℵ]A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} διὰ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:3 }{\FT{δια
{\IT{rell}} ¦ και 1 TR}}} τὸ ὄνομά μου, καὶ οὐκ ἐκοπίασας.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:3 }{\FT{και ουκ εκοπιασας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,ept,f,gpt,hpt,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 ου κεκοπιακες (A)C,NU ¦ 1 ου κεκοπιακας OC ¦ 1 κεκοπιακας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,g⅓}} ¦ κεκοπιακας 1 ου κεκμηκας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} TR}}}


\par }{\PP \VS{4}» ›Ἀλλὰ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:4 }{\FT{αλλα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g¼,h⅓,i⅔}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ αλλ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅕,d,e,g,h⅔,i⅓}} A,C,TR}}} ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὅτι τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκας.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:4 }{\FT{αφηκας
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αφηκες ℵC,NU}}}

\VS{5}Μνημόνευε οὖν πόθεν ἐκπέπτωκας\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:5 }{\FT{εκπεπτωκας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h⅓}} CP,TR ¦ πεπτωκας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,h⅔,i}} (ℵ)A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU (They had not taken a sudden fall, they had drifted from their moorings, a process so gradual that it may go unnoticed for some time.) [It can happen to us too.]}}} καὶ μετανόησον, καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον· εἰ δὲ μή, ἔρχομαί σοι ταχὺ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:5 }{\FT{ταχυ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — ℵA,C[+6 mss]NU ¦ ταχει TR}}} καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς—ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσῃς.

\VS{6}Ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις, ὅτι μισεῖς τὰ ἔργα τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν, ἃ κἀγὼ μισῶ.›


\par }{\PP \VS{7}»Ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ Πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. Τῷ νικῶντι δώσω\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:7 }{\FT{δωσω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} ℵ,CP ¦ 1 αυτω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,h,i}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (The pronoun is redundant.)}}} φαγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Παραδείσου\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:7 }{\FT{μεσω του παραδεισου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,h,i}} CP,TR ¦ τω παραδεισω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g}} (ℵA,C)RP,HF,OC,NU}}} τοῦ Θεοῦ μου.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:7 }{\FT{μου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,i¼}} ℵA,C,NU,TR}}}


\par }{\SH To
{\ND{Smyrna}}
\par }
{\PP \VS{8}»Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:8 }{\FT{εν σμυρνη εκκλησιας
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 σμυρνης 3 A ¦ 1 σμυρνην 3 ℵ{\SUP{v}} ¦ σμυρναιων 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}} ¦ ~ 3 σμυρναιων TR}}} γράψον· Τάδε λέγει ὁ Πρῶτος καὶ ὁ Ἔσχατος, ὃς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:8 }{\FT{ος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,f⅗,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f⅖,h¼}}}}} ἐγένετο νεκρὸς καὶ ἔζησεν·

\VS{9}‹Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:9 }{\FT{τα εργα και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — A,C,NU}}} τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν (ἀλλὰ πλούσιος\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:9 }{\FT{αλλα πλουσιος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 2 δε TR}}} εἶ), καὶ τὴν βλασφημίαν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:9 }{\FT{βλασφημιαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g}} CP,TR ¦ 1 εκ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,h,i}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 την εκ ℵ}}} τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν, ἀλλὰ συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ.

\VS{10}Μηδὲν φοβοῦ ἃ μέλλεις πάσχειν.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:10 }{\FT{πασχειν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,hpt}} ℵA,C,CP,NU,TR ¦ παθειν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,hpt,i}} RP,HF,OC}}} Ἰδοὺ δή,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:10 }{\FT{δη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e¼,f,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,h,i⅓}} ℵA,C,NU,TR}}} μέλλει βαλεῖν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:10 }{\FT{βαλειν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,d,e⅓,f,g,h,ipt}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ βαλλειν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,e⅔,ipt}} A(C)NU ¦ βαλλειν βαλιν ℵ}}} ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:10 }{\FT{ο διαβολος εξ υμων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 3412
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} ℵ,TR}}} εἰς φυλακήν, ἵνα πειρασθῆτε, καὶ ἕξετε θλῖψιν ἡμερῶν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:10 }{\FT{ημερων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,hpt}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,NU,TR ¦ ημερας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,hpt,i}} HF,OC}}} δέκα. Γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου καὶ δώσω σοι τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς.›


\par }{\PP \VS{11}»Ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ Πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. Ὁ νικῶν οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου.


\par }{\SH To
{\ND{Pergamos}}
\par }
{\PP \VS{12}»Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον· Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἔχων τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν·

\VS{13}‹Οἶδα τὰ ἔργα σου, καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:13 }{\FT{τα εργα σου και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 3124 [12 assorted mss] ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} ℵA,C,NU}}} ποῦ κατοικεῖς, ὅπου ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ. Καὶ κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσω τὴν πίστιν μου\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:13 }{\FT{μου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} A,C,OC,NU,TR (OC is in small print.)}}} ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐν αἷς\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:13 }{\FT{εν αις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,h⅓}} CP,RP,TR ¦ 1 ταις ℵ ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,h⅓,i}} HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} A,C,NU}}} Ἀντίπας ὁ μάρτυς μου ὁ πιστός,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:13 }{\FT{πιστος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 μου A,C[+5 mss]NU ¦ 1 οτι πας μαρτυς 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}}}}} ὃς ἀπεκτάνθη παρ᾿ ὑμῖν, ὅπου ὁ Σατανᾶς κατοικεῖ.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:13 }{\FT{ο σατανας κατοικει
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 312 TR}}}


\par }{\PP \VS{14}» ›Ἀλλ᾿\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:14 }{\FT{αλλ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e⅔,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,NU,TR ¦ αλλα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,f,h¼,ipt}} HF,OC}}} ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα, ὅτι ἔχεις ἐκεῖ κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ, ὃς ἐδίδαξεν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:14 }{\FT{εδιδαξεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h¼,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ εδιδασκεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} ℵA,C,NU,TR}}} τὸν Βαλὰκ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:14 }{\FT{τον βαλακ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e¼,f,g,h,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ τω 2 A(C),NU ¦ εν τω 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR ¦ εν τω βαλααμ 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ — ℵ [βαλαακ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d⅕,e⅓,fpt,gpt,h⅙,i⅓}}]}}} βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον ἐνώπιον τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:14 }{\FT{ισραηλ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} ℵA,C,CP,NU,TR ¦ 1 και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,h¼,i}} RP,HF,OC ¦ 1 του
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,gpt}}}}} φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα καὶ πορνεῦσαι.

\VS{15}Οὕτως ἔχεις καὶ σὺ κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν τῶν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:15 }{\FT{των
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,g,h,i⅓}} ℵ,CP,RP,OC[NU]TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,i⅔}} A,C,HF}}} Νικολαϊτῶν ὁμοίως.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:15 }{\FT{ομοιως
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ο μισω TR ¦ ην μισω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ 1 ο μισω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ 1 ην μισω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅙}} ¦ — [4 mss]}}}

\VS{16}Μετανόησον·\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:16 }{\FT{μετανοησον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,hpt}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ 1 ουν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,hpt,i}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} εἰ δὲ μή, ἔρχομαί σοι ταχὺ καὶ πολεμήσω μετ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου.›


\par }{\PP \VS{17}»Ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ Πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. Τῷ νικῶντι δώσω αὐτῷ φαγεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ μάννα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:17 }{\FT{φαγειν απο του μαννα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,g,h⅓,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ ~ 341
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ 34
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,h⅔,i⅔}} A,C,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 εκ 34 ℵ [+10 assorted mss] ¦ 134 [4 mss] RP}}} τοῦ κεκρυμμένου. Καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ ψῆφον λευκήν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ψῆφον ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον, ὃ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:17 }{\FT{οιδεν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εγνω TR ¦ ειδεν [12 assorted mss]}}} εἰ μὴ ὁ λαμβάνων.


\par }{\SH To
{\ND{Thyatira}}
\par }
{\PP \VS{18}»Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Θυατείροις\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:18 }{\FT{θυατειροις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ θυατειρη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,i¼}} ¦ θυατηροις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e⅓,i¼}} ¦ θυατιροις A,C ¦ θυατηρη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g½}}}}} ἐκκλησίας γράψον· Τάδε λέγει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ὡς φλόγα πυρός, καὶ οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ·

\VS{19}‹Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα—καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν διακονίαν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:19 }{\FT{την αγαπην και την πιστιν και την διακονιαν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1235678 C[+4 mss] ¦ ~ 18342675
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ ~ 12348675 TR ¦ 12345 ℵ[+4 mss]}}}—καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου· καὶ τὰ ἔργα σου\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:19 }{\FT{σου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 και TR}}} τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων.


\par }{\PP \VS{20}» ›Ἀλλ᾿\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:20 }{\FT{αλλ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,f,g,h,ipt}} ℵC,CP,RP,TR ¦ αλλα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,h¼,ipt}} A,HF,OC,NU}}} ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:20 }{\FT{σου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅔,f,g,h,i}} A,C,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ 1 πολυ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ℵ ¦ 1 πολλα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ 1 ολιγα OC,TR}}} ὅτι ἀφεῖς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:20 }{\FT{οτι αφεις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 αφιης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,h¼}} ¦ 1 εας TR ¦ 1 αφηκας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}}}}} τὴν γυναῖκά σου\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:20 }{\FT{σου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅕,f,h¼,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ 1 την A ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,g,h,i⅓}} ℵC,NU,TR (“your wife” is presumably the original; which means that the ‘messengers’ are men, not angels.)}}} Ἰεζάβελ,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:20 }{\FT{ιεζαβελ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ιεζαβηλ TR ¦ ιαζαβελ ℵ}}} ἣ λέγει\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:20 }{\FT{η λεγει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,g,h⅓,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ την λεγουσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h⅔}} TR ¦ 1 λεγουσα ℵA,C,NU}}} ἑαυτὴν προφῆτιν καὶ διδάσκει καὶ πλανᾷ τοὺς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:20 }{\FT{και διδασκει και πλανα τους
{\IT{rell}} ¦ διδασκειν 3 πλανασθαι TR}}} ἐμοὺς δούλους πορνεῦσαι καὶ φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:20 }{\FT{φαγειν ειδωλοθυτα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} TR}}}

\VS{21}Καὶ ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα μετανοήσῃ, καὶ οὐ θέλει μετανοῆσαι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:21 }{\FT{και ου θελει μετανοησαι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ουκ ηθελησεν 4 A ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h⅓}} ℵ,TR}}} ἐκ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:21 }{\FT{αυτης
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 και ου μετενοησεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR ¦ ταυτης ℵ}}}

\VS{22}Ἰδού,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:22 }{\FT{ιδου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 εγω TR}}} βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην, καὶ τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ᾿ αὐτῆς εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην, ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσωσιν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:22 }{\FT{αυτης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,h,i}} ℵC,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ αυτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e⅔,h¼,i¼}} A,TR (“{\ND{her}}” works—what is involved here is spiritual adultery.)}}}

\VS{23}Καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς ἀποκτενῶ ἐν θανάτῳ· καὶ γνώσονται πᾶσαι αἱ ἐκκλησίαι ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἐρευνῶν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:23 }{\FT{ερευνων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εραυνων A,C,NU}}} νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας, καὶ δώσω ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ὑμῶν.


\par }{\PP \VS{24}» ›Ὑμῖν δὲ λέγω, τοῖς\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:24 }{\FT{τοις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 εν ℵ ¦ και TR}}} λοιποῖς τοῖς ἐν Θυατείροις—ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:24 }{\FT{ταυτην
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 και TR}}} οἵτινες οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰ βαθέα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:24 }{\FT{βαθεα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,f,g,h⅔,i}} A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ βαθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅓}} ℵ,TR}}} τοῦ Σατανᾶ, ὡς λέγουσιν—οὐ βαλῶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:24 }{\FT{βαλω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} ℵ,TR ¦ βαλλω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,h,i}} A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU (Representatives of
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e,h,i}} also have the future.)}}} ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος·

\VS{25}πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε κρατήσατε ἄχρις\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 2:25 }{\FT{αχρις [NU]
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αχρι ℵC,RP ¦ εως A}}} οὗ ἂν ἥξω.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 2:25 }{\FT{αν ηξω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,f⅗,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ ανοιξω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f⅖,g¼,h¼,i¼}}}}}

\VS{26}Καὶ ὁ νικῶν καὶ ὁ τηρῶν ἄχρι τέλους τὰ ἔργα μου, δώσω αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν·

\VS{27}καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ· ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 2:27 }{\FT{κεραμικα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ κεραμεικα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,c⅕,d⅕,e⅙,f⅔,h⅙,i¼}}}}} συντριβήσεται\FTNT{†}{{\FR 2:27 }{\FT{συντριβησεται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,ept,f,g⅔,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ συντριβεται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,ept,g⅓,hpt}} ℵA,C,NU,TR}}}—

\VS{28}ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου. Καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν.›


\par }{\PP \VS{29}»Ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ Πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις.




\par }\Chap{3}{\SH To
{\ND{Sardis}}
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}»Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον· Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:1 }{\FT{επτα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας· ‹Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:1 }{\FT{οτι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 το TR}}} ὄνομα ἔχεις ὅτι\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:1 }{\FT{οτι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,h⅔}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,h⅓,i}} HF}}} ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ.

\VS{2}Γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:2 }{\FT{στηρισον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,f,hpt,ipt}} A,C,RP,OC,NU ¦ στηριξον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d⅓,e}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ στηριζων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}} ¦ τηρησον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,d⅔}} HF (The evidence for στηριζω is overwhelming against τηρεω; the aorist is stronger than the future.)}}} τὰ λοιπὰ ἃ ἔμελλες ἀποβαλεῖν,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:2 }{\FT{εμελλες αποβαλειν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} (CP) ¦ 1 αποβαλλειν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,f,ipt}} RP,HF ¦ ημελλες αποβαλλειν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,e⅓}} ¦ εμελλον αποθανειν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,ept,hpt}} (ℵ)A,C,NU ¦ ημελλεν αποθανειν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}} ¦ εμελλον αποθνησκειν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} OC ¦ μελλει αποθανειν TR (‘throw’ is supported by
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,f,i}} [66\%]; ‘die’ is supported by
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,ept,g,hpt}} ℵA,C [33\%]; ‘throw away’ was possibly thought to be too harsh, but is presumably correct [the verb controls the person: “they die”; “you throw”]. The atticized form of the imperfect, η- [27\%], loses to ε- [72\%]. The aorist is supported by
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,ept,g,hpt}} ℵA,C; the present is supported by
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,ept,f,i}}. Putting it all together,
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} preserves the correct reading.)}}} οὐ γὰρ εὕρηκά σου τὰ ἔργα πεπληρωμένα ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ μου.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:2 }{\FT{μου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} TR}}}

\VS{3}Μνημόνευε οὖν πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας, καὶ τήρει\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:3 }{\FT{και ηκουσας και τηρει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d⅓,e,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,NU,TR ¦ 124
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,h¼,ipt}} ¦ 123 τηρεν OC (OC is in small print.)}}} καὶ μετανόησον· ἐὰν οὖν μὴ γρηγορήσῃς ἥξω ἐπὶ σὲ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:3 }{\FT{επι σε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,hpt}} A,C,NU (OC is in small print.)}}} ὡς κλέπτης, καὶ οὐ μὴ γνῷς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:3 }{\FT{γνως
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,f,gpt,h⅓,ipt}} A,C,CP,RP,NU,TR ¦ γνωση
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,gpt,h⅔,ipt}} ℵ,HF,OC}}} ποίαν ὥραν ἥξω ἐπὶ σέ.


\par }{\PP \VS{4}» ›Ἀλλ᾿\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:4 }{\FT{αλλ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,ept,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ αλλα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} ℵA,C,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR}}} ὀλίγα ἔχεις ὀνόματα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:4 }{\FT{ολιγα εχεις ονοματα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,fpt,g,h⅓,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ~ 213
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h⅔}} (ℵ)A,C,OC,NU ¦ ~ 132
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{fpt,i¼}} ¦ ~ 213 και TR}}} ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἃ
\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:4 }{\FT{α
{\IT{rell}} ¦ οι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅓}}}}} οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν· καὶ περιπατήσουσιν μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἐν λευκοῖς, ὅτι ἄξιοί εἰσιν.

\VS{5}Ὁ νικῶν οὕτως\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:5 }{\FT{ουτως
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,hpt,i¼}} ℵ(A)C,OC,NU ¦ ουτος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,c⅕,d,e,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF,TR (ουτως links ‘white’ in verse 5 to ‘white’ in verse 4—the three ancient versions got it right.)}}} περιβαλεῖται\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:5 }{\FT{περιβαλειται
{\IT{rell}} ¦ περιβαλλειται CP ¦ περιβαλλεται C ¦ περιβαλειτε A}}} ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς Βίβλου τῆς Ζωῆς, καὶ ὁμολογήσω\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:5 }{\FT{ομολογησω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εξομολογησομαι TR [Compare Matthew 10:32.]}}} τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου καὶ ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ.›


\par }{\PP \VS{6}»Ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ Πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις.


\par }{\SH To
{\ND{Philadelphia}}
\par }
{\PP \VS{7}»Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφείᾳ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:7 }{\FT{φιλαδελφεια
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b⅔,d,e⅗,f⅔,g¼,hpt,i⅓}} CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ φιλαδελφια
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b⅓,d¼,e⅖,f⅓,gpt,hpt,i⅔}} ℵC ¦ φιλαδελφιας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g¼}} A}}} ἐκκλησίας γράψον· Τάδε λέγει ὁ Ἅγιος, ὁ Ἀληθινός, ὁ ἔχων τὴν κλεῖν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:7 }{\FT{κλειν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,h⅔,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ κλιν ℵA,C ¦ κλειδα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h⅓,i⅓}} TR}}} τοῦ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:7 }{\FT{του
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — A,C [+7 mss] NU}}} Δαυίδ, ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:7 }{\FT{κλεισει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f(g)h,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ κλισει ℵA,C ¦ κλειει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} TR ¦ κλειων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}}}}} αὐτήν, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀνοίγων,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:7 }{\FT{αυτην ει μη ο ανοιγων (+και κλειων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}})
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,fpt,g,h¼,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ και κλειων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,dpt(pt)e,f¼,hpt}} ℵ,OC,NU ¦ κλειων A ¦ και κλειει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{f¼}} C,TR (We are accustomed to the more balanced form, but the basic point remains the same.)}}} καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίξει·\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:7 }{\FT{ανοιξει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ανοιγει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} A,C,NU,TR ¦ ανοιγων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}}}}}

\VS{8}‹Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα. Ἰδού, δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:8 }{\FT{ανεωγμενην
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ηνεωγμενην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e⅓}} ℵ,NU}}} ἣν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:8 }{\FT{ην
{\IT{rell}} ¦ και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR}}} οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν· ὅτι μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν καὶ ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσω τὸ ὄνομά μου.

\VS{9}Ἰδού, δίδωμι\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:9 }{\FT{διδωμι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ διδω A,C,NU ¦ δεδωκα ℵ}}} ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ, τῶν λεγόντων ἑαυτοὺς Ἰουδαίους εἶναι καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν, ἀλλὰ ψεύδονται—ἰδού, ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:9 }{\FT{ηξουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d⅔,e⅕,f⅖,h⅓}} ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU ¦ ηξωσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,c⅖,d⅓,e,f⅗,g,h⅔,i}} RP,HF,TR (One’s first impression is that the three verbs controlled by ινα are parallel and should be in the same mode, namely subjunctive—γνωσιν is home free, προσκυνησωσιν has a heavy majority [including
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}] but with some dissent; with ηξωσιν the dissent becomes stronger, including ⅗ of Family 35 [a preponderance of the better representatives read the indicative]. The generalized splitting suggests that the ‘norm’ of subjunctive with ινα was at work in the minds of the copyists, the more so since the other two verbs are in that mode; but the indicative isn’t all that infrequent, and in this case presumably emphasizes certainty—they
{\BD{will}} come.)}}} καὶ προσκυνήσωσιν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:9 }{\FT{προσκυνησωσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅔,e,f,g,h,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,TR ¦ προσκυνησουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅕,d⅓,e⅕,h¼,i⅓}} ℵA,C,OC,NU}}} ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου καὶ γνῶσιν ὅτι\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:9 }{\FT{οτι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,h¼,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 εγω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} ἠγάπησά σε.

\VS{10}Ὅτι ἐτήρησας τὸν λόγον τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου, κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης ὅλης, πειράσαι τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.


\par }{\PP \VS{11}» ›Ἔρχομαι\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:11 }{\FT{ερχομαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅓,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ιδου 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}} TR}}} ταχύ. Κράτει ὃ ἔχεις, ἵνα μηδεὶς λάβῃ τὸν στέφανόν σου.

\VS{12}Ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου, καὶ ἔξω οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃ ἔτι. Καὶ γράψω ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:12 }{\FT{αυτον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αυτου CP ¦ αυτω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept}}}}} τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ μου, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς πόλεως τοῦ Θεοῦ μου—τῆς καινῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἣ καταβαίνει\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:12 }{\FT{καταβαινει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅖,e⅓,f,g,h⅓,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ καταβαινουσα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅗,e⅔,h⅔}} ℵA,C,NU,TR}}} ἐκ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:12 }{\FT{εκ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,d,e,h,i⅗}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ απο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,f,g,h¼,i⅖}} HF}}} τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου—καὶ τὸ ὄνομά μου\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:12 }{\FT{μου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅙,f,g,hpt,ipt}}}}} τὸ καινόν.›


\par }{\PP \VS{13}»Ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ Πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις.


\par }{\SH To
{\ND{Laodicea}}
\par }
{\PP \VS{14}»Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ ἐκκλησίας\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:14 }{\FT{εν λαοδικεια (λαοδικια ℵA,C) εκκλησιας
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 3 λαοδικεων TR}}} γράψον· Τάδε λέγει ὁ Ἀμήν, ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστὸς καὶ ἀληθινός, ἡ Ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ·

\VS{15}‹Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός. Ὄφελον ψυχρὸς ἦς ἢ ζεστός.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:15 }{\FT{οφελον ψυχρος ης η ζεστος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 12 ειης 45 TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} A}}}

\VS{16}Οὕτως, ὅτι χλιαρὸς εἶ, καὶ οὐ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:16 }{\FT{ου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,hpt,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ουτε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,hpt,i⅓}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} ζεστὸς οὔτε ψυχρός,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:16 }{\FT{ζεστος ουτε ψυχρος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 321 A,TR ¦ ζεστρος 23 ει ℵ}}} μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου.

\VS{17}Ὅτι λέγεις,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:17 }{\FT{λεγεις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d¼,e,gpt,h¼,i⅔}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 οτι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅙,f,gpt,h,i⅓}} A,C,OC,NU,TR}}} «Πλούσιός εἰμι, καὶ πεπλούτηκα, καὶ οὐδενὸς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:17 }{\FT{ουδενος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ουδεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} A,C,NU}}} χρείαν ἔχω,» καὶ οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος—καί, ὁ
\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:17 }{\FT{ο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h⅔,ipt}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,d,e,h⅓,ipt}} ℵC,NU,TR}}} ἐλεεινὸς καὶ πτωχὸς καὶ τυφλὸς καὶ γυμνός—

\VS{18}συμβουλεύω σοι ἀγοράσαι χρυσίον παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:18 }{\FT{χρυσιον παρ εμου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h⅔,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ~ 231
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅓,i⅓}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}}}}} πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρός, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς· καὶ ἱμάτια λευκά, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου· καὶ κολλούριον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 3:18 }{\FT{κολλουριον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e¼}} A(CP)[NU]TR ¦ κουλουριον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅗}} ¦ κολλυριον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,h⅔,i}} ℵC,RP,HF,OC (There are at least nine variants, but the only real question is whether to read a single vowel or a diphthong after the double lambda: for the diphthong—{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,ept,f⅙,h⅓}} A; for the vowel—{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,h⅔,i}} ℵC.)}}} ἔγχρισον ἐπὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 3:18 }{\FT{εγχρισον επι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} CP ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR ¦ ινα εγχριση
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,ipt}} RP,HF,OC ¦ ινα εγχρισαι A,C ¦ εγχρισαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}} (ℵ)NU (There are over 25 variants;
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,gpt,h,ipt}} are badly splintered; but
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h}} agree in omitting ινα, which takes the subjunctive with it, which leaves the imperative in control.)}}} τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς.

\VS{19}Ἐγὼ ὅσους ἐὰν φιλῶ ἐλέγχω καὶ παιδεύω· ζήλωσον\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 3:19 }{\FT{ζηλωσον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,hpt}} ℵ,CP,RP,TR ¦ ζηλευε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,hpt,i⅗}} A,C,0169,HF,OC,NU}}} οὖν καὶ μετανόησον.


\par }{\PP \VS{20}» ›Ἰδού, ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω. Ἐάν τις ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου καὶ ἀνοίξῃ τὴν θύραν, καὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 3:20 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,h¼,i⅔}} ℵ,0169,CP,RP,HF,OC[NU] ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h,i⅓}} A,TR}}} εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ δειπνήσω μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ.

\VS{21}Ὁ νικῶν δώσω αὐτῷ καθίσαι μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου, ὡς κἀγὼ ἐνίκησα καὶ ἐκάθισα μετὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ αὐτοῦ.›


\par }{\PP \VS{22}»Ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ Πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις.»




\par }{\MS “The things that must happen after these”

\par }\Chap{4}{\MM \VerseOne{1}Μετὰ ταῦτα εἶδον καὶ ἰδού—θύρα ἀνεῳγμένη\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:1 }{\FT{ανεωγμενη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅗,f,g,hpt,i}} 0169,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ηνεωγμενη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅖,hpt}} ℵA,NU,TR}}} ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἡ φωνὴ ἡ πρώτη ἣν ἤκουσα ὡς σάλπιγγος λαλούσης μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ, λέγουσα,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 4:1 }{\FT{λεγουσα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,h¼,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ και λεγουσης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}} ¦ λεγων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,h,i⅔}} ℵA,0169,RP,HF,OC,NU (The subject of the verb is ‘voice’, feminine.)}}} «Ἀνάβα ὧδε καὶ δείξω σοι ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα.»


\par }{\SH The Throne Room
\par }
{\PP \VS{2}Καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 4:2 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,h⅓,i}} CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,h⅔,i¼}} ℵA,0169,HF,NU (OC is in small print.)}}} εὐθέως ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἰδού, θρόνος ἔκειτο ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ (καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου\FTNT{§}{{\FR 4:2 }{\FT{του θρονου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g¼,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ τον θρονον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i⅔}} ℵA,0169,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} καθήμενος)

\VS{3}ὅμοιος\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:3 }{\FT{ομοιος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,gpt,hpt,i⅗}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ και ο καθημενος 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,gpt,hpt,i⅓}} ℵA,0169,NU ¦ και ο καθημενος ην 1 TR (I suppose the parenthetical observation that closes verse 2 got some copyists off the track, but it was the throne, not the One, that was like jasper.)}}} ὁράσει λίθῳ, ἰάσπιδι καὶ σαρδίῳ,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 4:3 }{\FT{σαρδιω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ σαρδινω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} TR ¦ σαρδειω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓}}}}} καὶ ἶρις κυκλόθεν τοῦ θρόνου, ὁμοία\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 4:3 }{\FT{ομοια
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,g}} CP ¦ ομοιος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,fpt,hpt,i}} A,NU,TR ¦ ομοιως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,fpt,hpt}} RP,HF,OC (The adjective is modifying ‘rainbow’.)}}} ὁράσει\FTNT{§}{{\FR 4:3 }{\FT{ορασει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,fpt,g,hpt,ipt}} A,CP,NU,TR ¦ ορασις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,fpt,hpt,ipt}} RP,HF,OC}}} σμαραγδίνῳ.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:3 }{\FT{σμαραγδινω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,fpt,g,h,i}} A,CP,NU,TR ¦ σμαραγδινων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,fpt}} RP,HF,OC ¦ σμαραγδω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}}}}}

\VS{4}Καὶ κυκλόθεν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 4:4 }{\FT{και κυκλοθεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,e,f⅔,g,h⅔,i⅔}} A,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 κυκλω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ κυκλωθεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f⅓,h⅓,i⅓}} HF (OC is in small print.)}}} τοῦ θρόνου θρόνοι\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 4:4 }{\FT{θρονοι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ θρονους
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,h⅓}} NU}}} εἴκοσι τέσσαρες,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 4:4 }{\FT{εικοσι τεσσαρες
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35¼}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,d⅓,ept,f,hpt,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ κδ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,d⅓,ept,gpt,hpt}} ¦ 1 και 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d⅓,gpt}} ℵA,TR (The split in virtually every group suggests that some factor other than conviction as to the original form was at work [especially since there is no difference in meaning]; the distribution of MSS to the three variants is roughly 40:50:10\% [the abbreviation loses 15 MSS below]; the economic factor behind the use of abbreviated forms for numbers and sacred names would presumably make itself felt when copies began to be proliferated, not when the Autographs were being penned; I conclude that the abbreviation is not original.)}}} καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς θρόνους εἶδον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:4 }{\FT{ειδον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,h,i⅔}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU (Are the elders to receive separate treatment, or not? Given their prominence in what follows, probably so. Verses 2-3 are without an independent verb, so it is about time. Note also that the definite article occurs with the first mention of the elders.)}}} τοὺς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 4:4 }{\FT{τους
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e⅔,i⅓}}}}} εἴκοσι τέσσαρας\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 4:4 }{\FT{εικοσι τεσσαρας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35¼}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,d¼,ept,f,h⅓,ipt}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ κδ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,dpt,e⅓,g}} ¦ 1 και 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d¼,e¼,h}} TR}}} πρεσβυτέρους καθημένους, περιβεβλημένους ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς, καὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 4:4 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 εσχον TR}}} ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν στεφάνους χρυσοῦς.

\VS{5}Καὶ ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου ἐκπορεύονται ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί·\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:5 }{\FT{φωναι και βρονται
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 321 TR}}} καὶ ἑπτὰ λαμπάδες πυρὸς καιόμεναι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 4:5 }{\FT{αυτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅖,f,g⅔,h¼,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅗,g⅓,h,i¼}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR}}} αἵ εἰσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 4:5 }{\FT{αι εισιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ α 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅛,e⅓}} NU ¦ α εστιν A ¦ ℵ omits ten words}}} ἑπτὰ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 4:5 }{\FT{επτα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅗,f,g⅔,h⅓,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ τα 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅖,h⅔}} A,OC,NU,TR (Without the article the reference is presumably not to the Holy Spirit.)}}} πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ·

\VS{6}καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου ὡς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:6 }{\FT{ως
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} TR ¦ αυτου 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}}}}} θάλασσα ὑαλίνη,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 4:6 }{\FT{υαλινη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ υελινη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b⅕,c¼,ept,h⅓}} CP}}} ὁμοία κρυστάλῳ.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 4:6 }{\FT{κρυσταλω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅛,e⅙,g⅓,h¼}} ¦ κρυσταλλω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,c3/7,d,e,f,g⅔,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (Although λλ→λ would presumably be easier as a transcriptional error than the reverse, in 21:12 John apparently invents the verb κρυσταλιζω, spelling it with a single ‘l’—I take it that he did the same thing with the noun, here and in 22:1, but the unusual spelling led copyists to ‘correct’ him, especially in a matter perceived to be of virtually no consequence.)}}}

\par }{\SHB The four living beings
\par }
{\PP Καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου τέσσαρα ζῷα γέμοντα ὀφθαλμῶν, ἔμπροσθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν.

\VS{7}Καὶ τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχον\FTNT{§}{{\FR 4:7 }{\FT{εχον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εχων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b⅓,d⅕,e⅓,f⅕,g,h⅕,i⅖}} A,NU}}} τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἄνθρωπος,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:7 }{\FT{το (−{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}}) προσωπον ως ανθρωπος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h⅔,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ 2 ανθρωπου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,f,h⅓,i⅔}} RP,HF ¦ 123 ανθρωπου A,OC,NU ¦ 123 ομοιον ανθρωπω ℵ}}} καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 4:7 }{\FT{ζωον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,f,h¼,ipt}} HF}}} ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 4:7 }{\FT{πετομενω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ πετωμενω [15 assorted mss] CP,TR}}}

\VS{8}Καὶ τὰ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 4:8 }{\FT{τα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,d,fpt,g,h,i⅗}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,e,fpt,i⅖}} CP,TR}}} τέσσαρα ζῷα, ἓν καθ᾿ ἓν αὐτῶν,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:8 }{\FT{εν αυτων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,g,hpt,i⅓}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU ¦ 12 εστως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,f,i⅔}} RP,HF ¦ εαυτο TR ¦ 1 εκαστον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} ℵ}}} ἔχον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 4:8 }{\FT{εχον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d⅓,e⅗,f,h¼,i⅗}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ εχων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,bpt,e⅖,g,h⅕,i⅓}} A,NU ¦ εχει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ ειχον ℵ,TR ¦ εχοντα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} (The neuter singular is correct.)}}} ἀνὰ πτέρυγας ἕξ, κυκλόθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν γέμουσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 4:8 }{\FT{γεμουσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ γεμοντα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} TR}}} ὀφθαλμῶν. Καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν, ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, λέγοντα·\FTNT{§}{{\FR 4:8 }{\FT{λεγοντα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} CP,TR ¦ λεγοντες
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,c⅓,d,e,f,g,h⅔,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU (The Subject of the participle is τα ζωα, neuter, so the neuter form is correct, in spite of the slim attestation. It seems clear from verse 9 that it is only the four living beings who are repeating ‘holy’, but if copyists thought the elders were in chorus with the living beings, they would naturally change the gender to masculine. In spite of the split in
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}, most of the better representatives of the family attest the first variant.)}}} «Ἅγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος· Ἅγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος· Ἅγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος·\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:8 }{\FT{αγιος (nine times)
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,f}} (ℵ)CP,HF ¦ αγιος (three times)
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,d,e,g,h,i}} A,RP,OC,NU,TR (Surely it is more likely that ‘nine’ would be changed to ‘three’ than vice versa; in fact, try reading ‘holy’ nine times in a row out loud—it starts to get uncomfortable! Since in the context the living ones are repeating themselves endlessly, the ‘nine’ is both appropriate and effective; three ‘holies’ for each member of the Trinity.)}}} Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος.»


\par }{\SHB The twenty-four elders
\par }
{\PP \VS{9}Καὶ ὅταν δῶσιν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 4:9 }{\FT{δωσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅖,f,h¼,ipt}} RP,HF,OC ¦ δωσωσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,g}} ℵ ¦ δωσουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,h,ipt}} A,NU,TR ¦ δωσει CP}}} τὰ ζῷα δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 4:9 }{\FT{του θρονου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ τω θρονω ℵA[+6 mss]NU}}} τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων,

\VS{10}πεσοῦνται οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες\FTNT{§}{{\FR 4:10 }{\FT{εικοσι τεσσαρες
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35¼}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d¼,ept,f,g⅓,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ κδ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,d,ept,g⅔,hpt}} ¦ 1 και 2 TR}}} πρεσβύτεροι ἐνώπιον τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:10 }{\FT{προσκυνησουσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ προσκυνουσιν TR}}} τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, καὶ βαλοῦσιν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 4:10 }{\FT{βαλουσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ βαλλουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼,g⅓}} ℵ,CP,TR}}} τοὺς στεφάνους αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου λέγοντες·

\VS{11}«Ἄξιος εἶ, ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, ὁ Ἅγιος,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 4:11 }{\FT{ο κυριος και ο θεος ημων ο αγιος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,f,h¼,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 123456
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} A,NU ¦ 12356 ℵ,OC ¦ κυριε 456
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,g,h⅓}} ¦ κυριε TR}}} λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν, ὅτι σὺ ἔκτισας τὰ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 4:11 }{\FT{τα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i⅓}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h¼,i⅔}} RP,HF}}} πάντα, καὶ διὰ τὸ θέλημά σού εἰσιν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 4:11 }{\FT{εισιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,hpt,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ ησαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,hpt,i⅔}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ουκ ησαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}}}}} καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν.»




\par }\Chap{5}{\SH The Lamb takes the scroll
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ εἶδον ἐπὶ τὴν δεξιὰν τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου βιβλίον, γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν καὶ ἔξωθεν,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:1 }{\FT{εξωθεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅔,f,g,h,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ οπισθεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} (ℵ)A,NU,TR}}} κατεσφραγισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά.

\VS{2}Καὶ εἶδον ἄγγελον ἰσχυρὸν κηρύσσοντα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:2 }{\FT{κηρυσσοντα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,hpt}} CP,TR ¦ 1 εν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} φωνῇ μεγάλη, «Τίς ἄξιός\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:2 }{\FT{αξιος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,h}} ℵA,CP,NU ¦ 1 εστιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,ept,f,g,i}} RP,HF,OC ¦ εστιν 1 TR (Does the absence of the verb emphasize the adjective?)}}} ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ;»

\VS{3}Καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:3 }{\FT{εδυνατο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅓,e⅖,f,g⅓,hpt,ipt}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ηδυνατο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,ept,g⅔,hpt,ipt}} A,TR}}} ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:3 }{\FT{ουρανω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅔}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 ανω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h⅓,i}} RP,HF}}} οὐδὲ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:3 }{\FT{ουδε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,g,h,i⅕}} A,CP,NU,TR ¦ ουτε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,h¼,i⅔}} ℵ,RP,HF,OC}}} ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐδὲ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:3 }{\FT{ουδε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,g,h,i⅕}} A,CP,NU,TR ¦ ουτε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,h¼,i⅔}} RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙}} ℵ}}} ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον οὐδὲ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:3 }{\FT{ουδε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,hpt}} CP,TR ¦ ουτε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} βλέπειν αὐτό.

\VS{4}Καὶ ἐγὼ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:4 }{\FT{εγω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} ℵ,NU ¦ A omits the whole verse}}} ἔκλαιον πολύ,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:4 }{\FT{πολυ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ πολλα TR ¦ A omits the whole verse}}} ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἄξιος εὑρέθη ἀνοῖξαι καὶ ἀναγνῶναι\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:4 }{\FT{και αναγνωναι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e,g⅓,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅕,f,g⅔,h,i⅔}} ℵ,RP,HF,OC,NU (The clause forces an awkward meaning upon βλεπειν αυτο, which now must really mean ‘look at it’.)}}} τὸ βιβλίον, οὔτε βλέπειν αὐτό.


\par }{\PP \VS{5}Καὶ εἷς ἐκ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων λέγει μοι· «Μὴ κλαῖε· ἰδού, ἐνίκησεν ὁ λέων ὁ
\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:5 }{\FT{ο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅔}} ℵ}}} ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα, ἡ ῥίζα Δαυίδ, ἀνοῖξαι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:5 }{\FT{ανοιξαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ο ανοιγων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,i}} RP,HF}}} τὸ βιβλίον καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:5 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 λυσαι ℵ,TR}}} τὰς ἑπτὰ σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ.»

\VS{6}Καὶ εἶδον\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:6 }{\FT{ειδον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ιδον [22 assorted mss] ¦ 1 και ιδου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} CP,TR ¦ ιδου και A}}} ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, Ἀρνίον ἑστηκός\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:6 }{\FT{εστηκος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εστηκως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅖,e⅓,g¼}} ℵ}}}—ὡς ἐσφαγμένον, ἔχον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:6 }{\FT{εχον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εχων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e¼,g,h¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{24}}ℵA,NU}}} κέρατα ἑπτὰ καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς ἑπτά, ἅ
\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:6 }{\FT{α
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ οι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h}} ℵA,NU,TR (The gender agrees with ‘horns’, not ‘eyes’, which is unexpected.)}}} εἰσιν τὰ ἑπτὰ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:6 }{\FT{επτα
{\IT{rell}} [NU] ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} A}}} πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:6 }{\FT{πνευματα του θεου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 231
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR}}} ἀποστελλόμενα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:6 }{\FT{αποστελλομενα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,i¾}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ τα 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼,g,i⅕}} ¦ τα απεσταλμενα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d¾,ept}} TR ¦ απεσταλμενα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{24}}ℵ ¦ απεσταλμενοι A,NU}}} εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν.

\VS{7}Καὶ ἦλθεν καὶ εἴληφεν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:7 }{\FT{ειληφεν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 το βιβλιον TR ¦ add το βιβλιον at end of verse
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}}}}} ἐκ τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου.


\par }{\SHB A new song
\par }
{\PP \VS{8}Καὶ ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ βιβλίον τὰ τέσσαρα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:8 }{\FT{τεσσαρα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35⅖}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,gpt,h,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ τεσσερα ℵA ¦ δ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35⅗}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}}}}} ζῷα καὶ οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:8 }{\FT{εικοσι τεσσαρες
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35¼}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,dpt,ept,f,gpt,hpt,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ κδ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,dpt,ept,gpt,hpt}}}}} πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεσον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:8 }{\FT{επεσον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ επεσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,e¼,g}} ℵA,OC,NU}}} ἐνώπιον τοῦ Ἀρνίου, ἔχοντες ἕκαστος κιθάρας,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:8 }{\FT{κιθαρας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e,g,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ κιθαραν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅔,e¼,f,h,ipt}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} καὶ φιάλας χρυσᾶς γεμούσας θυμιαμάτων, αἵ εἰσιν αἱ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:8 }{\FT{αι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b⅖,d,e,g,h,ipt}} A,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b⅗,e¼,f,g¼,ipt}} ℵ,RP,HF}}} προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων.

\VS{9}Καὶ ᾄδουσιν ᾠδὴν καινὴν λέγοντες· «Ἄξιος εἶ λαβεῖν τὸ βιβλίον καὶ ἀνοῖξαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ· ὅτι ἐσφάγης, καὶ ἠγόρασας τῷ Θεῷ ἡμᾶς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:9 }{\FT{τω θεω ημας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅔,f,h,i⅗}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ ~ 312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,g,i⅖}} ¦ 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ 12 A,NU [Why do you suppose NU follows a single MS, of demonstrably inferior quality in Revelation (objectively so), against virtually all others (perhaps six scattered cursives have ‘our’ for ‘us’) plus lat,syr,bo? And why do the editors of modern versions follow their lead? Why? (Hoskier says the word was ‘lost’ in the transition from one column to the next—I don’t have access to a facsimile of the codex to check it, but assuming that Hoskier is correct about the location then the omission was probably inadvertent, one of the many slips that disfigure the MS.)]}}} ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς καὶ γλώσσης καὶ λαοῦ καὶ ἔθνους·

\VS{10}καὶ ἐποίησας αὐτοὺς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:10 }{\FT{αυτους
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ημας TR}}} τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν βασιλεῖς καὶ ἱερεῖς,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:10 }{\FT{βασιλεις και ιερεις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ βασιλειαν 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} A,NU ¦ βασιλιαν 2 ιερατειαν ℵ}}} καὶ βασιλεύσουσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:10 }{\FT{βασιλευσουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d⅗,e⅔,f⅔,g,h⅓,i}} ℵ,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ βασιλευουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,d⅖,e⅓,f⅓,g¼,h⅔}} A,CP ¦ βασιλευσομεν TR}}} ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.»


\par }{\SHB All the angels
\par }
{\PP \VS{11}Καὶ εἶδον, καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:11 }{\FT{ως
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,ept,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,hpt}} A,NU,TR}}} φωνὴν ἀγγέλων πολλῶν, κύκλῳ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:11 }{\FT{κυκλω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ κυκλοθεν TR}}} τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν ζῴων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων. Καὶ ἦν ὁ ἀριθμὸς αὐτῶν μυριάδες μυριάδων καὶ χιλιάδες χιλιάδων,

\VS{12}λέγοντες φωνῇ μεγάλῃ· «Ἄξιόν ἐστιν τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἐσφαγμένον λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:12 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,h}} ℵA,CP,NU,TR ¦ 1 τον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,f,g,i}} RP,HF,OC (OC is in small print.)}}} πλοῦτον καὶ σοφίαν καὶ ἰσχὺν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν καὶ εὐλογίαν.»


\par }{\SHB Every creature
\par }
{\PP \VS{13}Καὶ πᾶν κτίσμα ὅ ἐστιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:13 }{\FT{εστιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h¼,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h,i⅔}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:13 }{\FT{επι της γης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 13
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,g¼}} ¦ εν τη γη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅐,e¼}} TR}}} καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης (ἅ ἐστιν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:13 }{\FT{α εστιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d¼,e,h⅓,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ οσα 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h⅓,ipt}} A,RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,h⅓}} ℵ,NU}}} καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς)—πάντας\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:13 }{\FT{παντας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,d¼,ept,fpt,g,hpt,i⅗}} CP,RP,HF ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅗}} ¦ παντα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,ept,fpt,hpt,i⅕}} A,OC,NU,TR ¦ παντα και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d⅕}} ℵ}}} ἤκουσα λέγοντας· «Τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:13 }{\FT{του θρονου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,d,e,g⅓,h,i⅔}} ℵ,CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ τω θρονω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,f,g⅔,i⅓}} A,HF,NU}}} καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ· ἡ εὐλογία καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.»\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:13 }{\FT{αμην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e,f,gpt,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e⅙,gpt,hpt}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR}}}

\VS{14}(Καὶ τὰ τέσσαρα ζῷα λέγοντα τὸ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 5:14 }{\FT{λεγοντα το
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ελεγεν 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ ελεγον 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g,i¼}} ¦ ελεγον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,d,e,h}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR (The participle is controlled by ηκουσα; the article should be read in any case.)}}} Ἀμήν.) Καὶ οἱ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 5:14 }{\FT{οι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 εικοσι τεσσαρες TR}}} πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεσον\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 5:14 }{\FT{επεσον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,d,e⅗,f,h,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ επεσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,e⅖,g,h¼,i2/7}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR}}} καὶ προσεκύνησαν.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 5:14 }{\FT{προσεκυνησαν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ζωντι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων TR}}}




\par }\Chap{6}{\SH The Lamb opens the seals
\par }
{\SHB The
{\ND{first}} seal
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ εἶδον ὅτι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:1 }{\FT{οτι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,e⅓,f,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ οτε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,g,h,i⅓}} ℵA,C,NU,TR (Assimilation to the following seals?)}}} ἤνοιξεν τὸ Ἀρνίον μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:1 }{\FT{επτα σφραγιδων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅓,ept,f,g,h,i}} A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,ept}} TR ¦ 1 ℵ}}} καὶ ἤκουσα ἑνὸς ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων λέγοντος, ὡς φωνὴ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:1 }{\FT{φωνη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ φωνης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} TR ¦ φωνην ℵ[+12 assorted mss] ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}} transpose}}} βροντῆς, «Ἔρχου.»

\VS{2}Καὶ εἶδον καὶ ἰδού,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:2 }{\FT{ειδον (ιδον A,C) και ιδου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h,i⅓}} (A,C)CP,OC,NU ¦ ιδε και ιδου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,i⅓}} RP,HF ¦ βλεπε και ειδον και ιδου TR ¦ ιδε και ειδον (ιδον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g⅔}}) και ιδου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g,i⅓}} ℵ (Note that ℵ conflates the minuscule groups, so they must be older; the “Come!” was directed to the horse, not to John [since he was right there, there would be no need to address him with a thunderous roar]; each of the living beings called out a horse.)}}} ἵππος λευκός, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:2 }{\FT{αυτον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αυτω TR}}} ἔχων τόξον. Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος· καὶ ἐξῆλθεν νικῶν, καὶ ἵνα νικήσῃ.


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{second}} seal
\par }
{\PP \VS{3}Καὶ ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν δευτέραν σφραγῖδα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:3 }{\FT{δευτεραν (β΄
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt}}) σφραγιδα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e¼,f,g,h⅔,i}} CP,RP,HF,TR ¦ ~ 2 την 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e,h⅓}} ℵA,C,OC,NU}}} ἤκουσα τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου λέγοντος, «Ἔρχου.»

\VS{4}Καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:4 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ιδε 1 ειδον 1 ιδου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ 1 ιδε 1 ιδον 1 ιδου ℵ ¦ 1 βλεπε 1 TR}}} ἐξῆλθεν ἄλλος ἵππος, πυρρός,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:4 }{\FT{πυρρος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,d⅓,ept,f⅔,hpt,i⅖}} ℵC,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ πυρος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,c¼,d⅔,ept,f⅓,g,hpt,i⅗}} A,RP,HF (πυρρος is the reading of all the more faithful members of
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}. As an unintentional error, ρρ→ρ would be much easier than ρ→ρρ.)}}} καὶ τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:4 }{\FT{αυτον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αυτω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} TR}}} ἐδόθη αὐτῷ λαβεῖν τὴν εἰρήνην ἐκ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:4 }{\FT{εκ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ απο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓,g}} A}}} τῆς γῆς,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:4 }{\FT{γης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅙,f,g,h¼,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e,h}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} ἵνα ἀλλήλους σφάξωσιν·\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:4 }{\FT{σφαξωσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ σφαξουσιν A,C[+5 mss]NU ¦ κατασφαξωσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}}}}} καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη.


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{third}} seal
\par }
{\PP \VS{5}Καὶ ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:5 }{\FT{την σφραγιδα την τριτην
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 342 [6 mss]TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} alter and transpose}}} ἤκουσα τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου λέγοντος, «Ἔρχου.» Καὶ εἶδον καὶ ἰδού,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:5 }{\FT{ειδον (ιδον A) και ιδου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h,i⅓}} (A)C,CP,OC,NU ¦ ιδε 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,i⅓}} RP,HF ¦ βλεπε 2123 TR ¦ ιδε 21 (ιδον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g⅔}}) 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g,i⅓}} ℵ (ℵ conflates again.)}}} ἵππος μέλας, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:5 }{\FT{αυτον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αυτω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} TR}}} ἔχων\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:5 }{\FT{εχων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εχον [8 mss]CP}}} ζυγὸν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ.

\VS{6}Καὶ ἤκουσα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:6 }{\FT{ηκουσα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,fpt,h⅓}} ℵA,C,OC,NU}}} φωνὴν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων λέγουσαν· «Χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου, καὶ τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῆς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:6 }{\FT{κριθης
{\IT{rell}} ¦ κριθων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,hpt}} ℵA,C,NU}}} δηναρίου· καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς.»


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{fourth}} seal
\par }
{\PP \VS{7}Καὶ ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην, ἤκουσα φωνὴν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:7 }{\FT{φωνην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅓(⅓)hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{24}}ℵA,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,hpt,i}} C,RP,HF}}} τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου λέγοντος,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:7 }{\FT{λεγοντος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ λεγουσαν TR}}} «Ἔρχου.»

\VS{8}Καὶ εἶδον καὶ ἰδού,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:8 }{\FT{ειδον (ιδον A,C) και ιδου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h,i⅓}} (A,C)CP,OC,NU ¦ ιδε 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,ipt}} RP,HF ¦ βλεπε 2123 TR ¦ ιδε 21 (ιδον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}}) 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}} ℵ (ℵ conflates again.)}}} ἵππος χλωρός, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Θάνατος,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:8 }{\FT{θανατος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} ℵC,CP ¦ ο 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,hpt,i}} RP,HF,OC[NU]TR ¦ ο αθανατος A (The Text does not say that Hades was on a horse.)}}} καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἀκολουθεῖ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:8 }{\FT{ακολουθει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept}} CP,TR ¦ ηκολουθει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,h,ipt}} C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ηκολουθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼,g,i⅓}} ¦ ηκολουθι ℵ(A) (John is stating a fact of human existence: Hades follows death—so it has been for 6000 years.)}}} μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:8 }{\FT{μετ αυτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,g,h⅕}} A,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ αυτω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,h⅖,i}} ℵ,RP,HF ¦ οπισω αυτου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅖}}}}} Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:8 }{\FT{αυτω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,h⅓,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ αυτοις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h⅔,i⅓}} ℵA,C,NU,TR (It is death that does the killing; Hades just collects the dead.)}}} ἐξουσία ἐπὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς, ἀποκτεῖναι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:8 }{\FT{επι το τεταρτον της γης αποκτειναι (C)
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 612345 TR ¦ 123 μερος 456
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}}}}} ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ καὶ ἐν λιμῷ καὶ ἐν θανάτῳ, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς.


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{fifth}} seal
\par }
{\PP \VS{9}Καὶ ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα, εἶδον ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:9 }{\FT{των ανθρωπων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h⅓}} ℵ(CP) ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,g,h⅔,i}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (Animals also have souls, and they are excluded here.)}}} τῶν ἐσφαγμένων διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τοῦ Ἀρνίου\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:9 }{\FT{του αρνιου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,ept,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ιησου χριστου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h}} ℵA,C,NU,TR}}} ἣν εἶχον.

\VS{10}Καὶ ἔκραξαν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:10 }{\FT{εκραξαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ εκραζον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} TR}}} φωνῇ μεγάλῃ,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:10 }{\FT{φωνη μεγαλη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,g,h,i⅗}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ φωνην μεγαλην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,i⅖}} HF}}} λέγοντες· «Ἕως πότε, ὁ Δεσπότης, ὁ ἅγιος καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:10 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ο [10 assorted mss]OC,TR}}} ἀληθινός, οὐ κρίνεις καὶ ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν ἐκ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:10 }{\FT{εκ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,hpt,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ απο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,hpt}} TR}}} τῶν κατοικούντων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς;»

\VS{11}Καὶ ἐδόθη\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:11 }{\FT{εδοθη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εδωθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}} ¦ εδοθησαν TR}}} αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:11 }{\FT{αυτοις εκαστω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,RP,OC,NU ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,ipt}} HF ¦ ~ 2 αυτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ εκαστοις TR ¦ — (CP) [homoioteleuton] (OC is in small print.)}}} στολὴ λευκή,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:11 }{\FT{στολη λευκη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ στολαι λευκαι TR ¦ — (CP)}}} καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς ἵνα ἀναπαύσωνται\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:11 }{\FT{αναπαυσωνται
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αναπαυσονται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d¼,ept,g⅔}} A,NU}}} ἔτι χρόνον,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:11 }{\FT{ετι χρονον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i⅗}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 12 μικρον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅗,i⅓}} (A)C,OC,NU,TR ¦ επι 2 μικρον ℵ (OC is in small print.)}}} ἕως οὗ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:11 }{\FT{ου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,i⅖}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅗,i⅗}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ αν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅖}}}}} πληρώσωσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:11 }{\FT{πληρωσωσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅓,e,f,g,h,i⅔}} RP,HF,OC ¦ πληρωσουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e⅙,h⅕,i⅓}} ¦ πληρωθωσιν A,C,CP,NU ¦ πληρωσονται TR}}} καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:11 }{\FT{αυτων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅔,g,h,i⅓}} ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,f,i⅔}} RP,HF}}} οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτένεσθαι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:11 }{\FT{αποκτενεσθαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,d⅔,e¼,fpt,g,h⅓,i⅗}} CP,RP,HF ¦ αποκτεννεσθαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,e⅙,fpt,h⅕,i⅕}} ℵC,OC,NU ¦ αποκτεινεσθαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d⅓,ept(e⅙)hpt,i⅕}} A,TR (The single vowel is clearly stronger than the diphthong, and the single consonant than the double.)}}} ὡς καὶ αὐτοί.


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{sixth}} seal
\par }
{\PP \VS{12}Καὶ εἶδον, καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:12 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} CP ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅓,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (The second και is emphatic.)}}} ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην, καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:12 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ιδου A,TR}}} σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο· καὶ ὁ ἥλιος μέλας ἐγένετο\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:12 }{\FT{μελας εγενετο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,f,g,i⅔}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ εγενετο μελας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,h,i⅓}} A,C,NU,TR}}} ὡς σάκκος τρίχινος, καὶ ἡ σελήνη\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:12 }{\FT{σελενη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d¼,e,h⅖}} CP,TR ¦ 1 ολη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅙,f,g,h⅗,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἐγένετο ὡς αἷμα.

\VS{13}Καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔπεσον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:13 }{\FT{επεσον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ επεσαν ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} εἰς τὴν γῆν, ὡς συκῆ βάλλει\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:13 }{\FT{βαλλει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,hpt,ipt}} A,C,CP,NU,TR ¦ αποβαλλει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ βαλλουσα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,g⅓}} ℵ,OC ¦ βαλουσα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e¼,f,gpt}} RP,HF (The present is stronger than the aorist.)}}} τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς ὑπὸ μεγάλου ἀνέμου\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:13 }{\FT{μεγαλου ανεμου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e}} CP,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,e⅕,f,g,h,i}} (ℵ)A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU (A
{\ND{great}} wind knocks down all figs.)}}} σειομένη.

\VS{14}Καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη, ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:14 }{\FT{ελισσομενον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,gpt,h⅓}} A,C,CP,RP,OC,NU ¦ ειλισσομενον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b¼,d¼,e⅔}} TR ¦ ελισσομενος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e¼,f,gpt,hpt,i⅖}} ℵ,HF ¦ ειλισσομενος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,i⅓}} (The Ionic spelling need not detain us, but what of the gender? In the context the participle modifies ‘scroll’, not ‘sky’, so the neuter is correct.)}}} καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν.


\par }{\PP \VS{15}Καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες καὶ οἱ χιλίαρχοι καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:15 }{\FT{οι χιλιαρχοι και οι πλουσιοι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 45312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,h¼}} TR}}} καὶ οἱ ἰσχυροί,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:15 }{\FT{και οι ισχυροι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 13 ℵ ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ 12 δυνατοι TR}}} καὶ πᾶς δοῦλος καὶ πᾶς ἐλεύθερος,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 6:15 }{\FT{πας ελευθερος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,hpt,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,hpt,i⅔}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ — ℵ (Remember Granville Sharp; since ‘slave’ and ‘free’ obviously refer to distinct groups, the adjective should be repeated.)}}} ἔκρυψαν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰ σπήλαια καὶ εἰς τὰς πέτρας τῶν ὀρέων.

\VS{16}Καὶ λέγουσιν τοῖς ὄρεσιν καὶ ταῖς πέτραις· «Πέσετε\FTNT{*}{{\FR 6:16 }{\FT{πεσετε
{\IT{rell}} ¦ πεσατε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,gpt,h⅓}} A,OC ¦ πεσεται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓,i⅓}} ℵC}}} ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς καὶ κρύψατε ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου\FTNT{†}{{\FR 6:16 }{\FT{του θρονου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,gpt,h,i⅔}} A,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ τω θρονω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,i⅓}} ℵ,HF (As far as the speakers are concerned, the One on the throne is leaning forward, taking an active interest in the proceedings [genitive].)}}} καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου·

\VS{17}ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 6:17 }{\FT{αυτου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αυτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} ℵC,NU}}} καὶ τίς δύναται σταθῆναι;»




\par }\Chap{7}{\SH Parenthesis
\par }
{\SHB The sealed of Israel
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 7:1 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} A,C,NU}}} μετὰ τοῦτο\FTNT{†}{{\FR 7:1 }{\FT{τουτο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ταυτα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,i¼}} TR}}} εἶδον τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους ἑστῶτας ἐπὶ τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς, κρατοῦντας τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀνέμους τῆς γῆς, ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, μήτε ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, μήτε ἐπὶ πᾶν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 7:1 }{\FT{παν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,hpt}} ℵ,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ τι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,hpt,i}} C,RP,HF ¦ — A}}} δένδρον.

\VS{2}Καὶ εἶδον ἄλλον ἄγγελον ἀναβαίνοντα\FTNT{§}{{\FR 7:2 }{\FT{αναβαινοντα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αναβαντα TR}}} ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς ἡλίου, ἔχοντα σφραγῖδα Θεοῦ ζῶντος. Καὶ ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ τοῖς τέσσαρσιν ἀγγέλοις, οἷς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἀδικῆσαι τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν,

\VS{3}λέγων· «Μὴ ἀδικήσητε τὴν γῆν, μήτε τὴν θάλασσαν, μήτε τὰ δένδρα, ἄχρις οὗ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 7:3 }{\FT{αχρις ου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,h,i}} CP,HF,OC,TR ¦ 1 αν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ 1 ℵ ¦ αχρι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,h¼}} A,C,NU ¦ αχρι 2 RP}}} σφραγίσωμεν τοὺς δούλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων\FTNT{†}{{\FR 7:3 }{\FT{μετωπων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ μετοπων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,e⅓,h¼,i⅓}} CP}}} αὐτῶν.»

\VS{4}Καὶ ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων, ἑκατὸν καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 7:4 }{\FT{εκατον και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅖,b,f⅗,g¼,hpt,i⅖}} C,CP,RP,HF ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅛,d⅓,ept,f¼,gpt,h⅕,i⅕}} ℵA,OC,NU ¦ ρ΄
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,d⅔,e⅓,g¼,h⅕,i⅓}} TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,e⅙,f⅙}}}}} τεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες\FTNT{§}{{\FR 7:4 }{\FT{τεσσαρακοντα τεσσαρες
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d⅓,ept,f,g,h,i⅗}} (A)CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ τεσσερακοντα 2 (−2 ℵ) (ℵ)C,NU ¦ μδ΄
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,d⅔,e⅓,g¼,h⅕,i⅓}} TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,e⅙,f⅙}}}}} χιλιάδες, ἐσφραγισμένοι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 7:4 }{\FT{εσφραγισμενοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ εσφραγισμενων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d⅔,f,g,ipt}} RP,HF ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,e⅙}} (The nominative is presumably correct, the genitive being an assimilation to the same form earlier in the verse.)}}} ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ·

\VS{5}ἐκ φυλῆς Ἰούδα δώδεκα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 7:5 }{\FT{δωδεκα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35⅖}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,dpt,e⅔,f,hpt,i⅗}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ιβ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35⅗}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,dpt,e⅓,g,hpt,i⅖}} TR}}} χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 7:5 }{\FT{εσφραγισμενοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,g⅔,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ εσφραγισμεναι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅙,f,g⅓,ipt}} RP,HF}}} ἐκ φυλῆς Ῥουβὶμ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 7:5 }{\FT{ρουβιμ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b¼,d,e,gpt,h⅓,ipt}} RP,HF ¦ ρουβειμ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b¼,c⅓,fpt}} ¦ ρουβ(ε)ιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b⅓,f⅓,h⅓}} CP ¦ ρουβην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,f¼,gpt,h⅓,ipt}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR (Over half of the
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35⅓}} are from one monastery.)}}} δώδεκα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 7:5 }{\FT{δωδεκα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,ept,f,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ιβ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,d,ept,g,hpt,ipt}} TR (A similar statement obtains for all the following tribes.)}}} χιλιάδες,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 7:5 }{\FT{χιλιαδες
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 εσφραγισμενοι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅑,e⅙}} TR (This statement obtains for all the remaining tribes except the last, Benjamin, with the further exception that
{\BD{d, e}}{\SUP{⅓}},
{\BD{g}}{\SUP{pt}} side with TR for Ruben [only].)}}} ἐκ φυλῆς Γὰδ δώδεκα χιλιάδες,

\VS{6}ἐκ φυλῆς Ἀσὴρ δώδεκα χιλιάδες, ἐκ φυλῆς Νεφθαλεὶμ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 7:6 }{\FT{νεφθαλειμ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ νεφθαλιμ [22 assorted mss]A,NU ¦ νεφθαλι ℵ ¦ νεφθαλιν C ¦ νεφθαλημ [20 assorted mss]}}} δώδεκα χιλιάδες, ἐκ φυλῆς Μανασσῆ δώδεκα χιλιάδες,

\VS{7}ἐκ φυλῆς Συμεὼν δώδεκα χιλιάδες, ἐκ φυλῆς Λευῒ δώδεκα χιλιάδες, ἐκ φυλῆς Ἰσάχαρ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 7:7 }{\FT{ισαχαρ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ισσαχαρ [21 assorted mss]ℵA,OC,NU}}} δώδεκα χιλιάδες,

\VS{8}ἐκ φυλῆς Ζαβουλὼν δώδεκα χιλιάδες, ἐκ φυλῆς Ἰωσὴφ δώδεκα χιλιάδες, ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμὶν δώδεκα χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 7:8 }{\FT{εσφραγισμενοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,d,ept,f¼,g¼,h,i⅗}} ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ εσφραγισμεναι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,e⅕,f,g,h¼,i⅖}} RP,HF ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}}}}}


\par }{\SHB A multitude from the Great Tribulation
\par }
{\PP \VS{9}Μετὰ ταῦτα εἶδον καὶ ἰδού, ὄχλος πολὺς ὃν ἀριθμῆσαι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 7:9 }{\FT{αριθμησαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅖,f,g,h⅓,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 αυτον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅗,g⅕,h⅔,i⅕}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 7:9 }{\FT{εδυνατο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,hpt,i⅗}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ηδυνατο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,hpt,i⅖}} TR}}} ἐκ παντὸς ἔθνους καὶ φυλῶν καὶ λαῶν καὶ γλωσσῶν, ἑστῶτες\FTNT{§}{{\FR 7:9 }{\FT{εστωτες
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d⅓,e,ipt}} ℵA,CP,NU,TR ¦ εστωτας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅔,f,g,hpt,ipt}} RP,HF,OC ¦ εστωτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼,h⅓}} C (The nominative is correct; it agrees with οχλος.)}}} ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θρόνου καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Ἀρνίου, περιβεβλημένοι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 7:9 }{\FT{περιβεβλημενοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e,h⅓,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ περιβεβλημενους
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅓,e¼,f,g,h⅔,ipt}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU (The nominative is correct; it agrees with οχλος.)}}} στολὰς λευκάς, καὶ φοίνικας\FTNT{†}{{\FR 7:9 }{\FT{φοινικας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,f,g⅗,i}} ℵ,RP,HF ¦ φοινικες
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d¼,e,g⅖,h}} A,C,CP,OC,NU,TR (The accusative is correct, being the direct object of the implicit verb.)}}} ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῶν.

\VS{10}Καὶ κράζουσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 7:10 }{\FT{κραζουσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ κραζοντες TR}}} φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, λέγοντες, «Ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 7:10 }{\FT{τω θεω ημων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ του θεου 3 A ¦ 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e2/7}} ¦ — TR}}} τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 7:10 }{\FT{τω θρονω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅖,f,gpt,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,NU ¦ του θρονου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{c⅓}} OC ¦ του θρονου του θεου ημων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,d,e2/7,gpt,hpt,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ του θρονου θεω ημων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e2/7}} (The Father is firmly seated, dative. Almost all of the
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{c⅓}} are among the least faithful members of the family, but they are followed by OC.)}}} καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ.»


\par }{\PP \VS{11}Καὶ πάντες οἱ ἄγγελοι εἱστήκεισαν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 7:11 }{\FT{ειστηκεισαν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εστηκεσαν TR ¦ ιστηκεισαν A ¦ εστηκισαν C ¦ ιστηκισαν ℵ ¦ at least 10 further spellings}}} κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων, καὶ ἔπεσον\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 7:11 }{\FT{επεσον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ επεσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,e¼,g}} ℵA,C,OC,NU}}} ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου\FTNT{§}{{\FR 7:11 }{\FT{θρονου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 αυτου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,ipt}} HF (Here is a clear example that
{\BD{a,b,f,g,i}} share a common influence, vouching for an infelicitous gloss.)}}} ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 7:11 }{\FT{τα προσωπα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ προσωπον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} TR}}} αὐτῶν καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ Θεῷ,

\VS{12}λέγοντες· «Ἀμήν· ἡ εὐλογία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ἡ σοφία καὶ ἡ εὐχαριστία καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.»


\par }{\PP \VS{13}Καὶ ἀπεκρίθη εἷς ἐκ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, λέγων μοι, «Οὗτοι οἱ περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς τὰς λευκάς, τίνες εἰσίν, καὶ πόθεν ἦλθον;»

\VS{14}Καὶ εἶπον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 7:14 }{\FT{ειπον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ειρηκα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,hpt}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR}}} αὐτῷ, «Κύριέ μου,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 7:14 }{\FT{μου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} A,TR}}} σὺ οἶδας.» Καὶ εἶπέν μοι· «Οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐρχόμενοι ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης, καὶ ἔπλυναν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 7:14 }{\FT{επλυναν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ επλατυναν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔}}}}} τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 7:14 }{\FT{αυτας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i¼}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i}} RP,HF ¦ στολας αυτων TR (Another clear example of a common influence for
{\BD{a,b,f,g,i}}.)}}} ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου.

\VS{15}Διὰ τοῦτό εἰσιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ λατρεύουσιν αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 7:15 }{\FT{τω θρονω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e2/7,f,g,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ του θρονου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,h,ipt}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR (He is still firmly seated, dative.)}}} σκηνώσει ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς.

\VS{16}Οὐ πεινάσουσιν ἔτι, οὐδὲ διψήσουσιν ἔτι·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 7:16 }{\FT{ετι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e⅔,h,i⅓}}}}} οὐδ᾿ οὐ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 7:16 }{\FT{ουδ᾿ ου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,e⅔,f,g,h⅔,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ουδε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅓,h⅓,i⅓}} ℵA,NU,TR}}} μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἥλιος, οὐδὲ πᾶν καῦμα·

\VS{17}ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου ποιμαίνει\FTNT{*}{{\FR 7:17 }{\FT{ποιμαινει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,i⅖}} RP,HF,OC ¦ ποιμανει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,c⅓,d,e,g,h,i⅗}} ℵA,CP,NU,TR (The better representatives of
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} have the present tense.)}}} αὐτοὺς καὶ ὁδηγεῖ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 7:17 }{\FT{οδηγει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i⅖}} RP,HF ¦ οδηγησει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{c⅖,d,e,h,i⅗}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU,TR (The better representatives of
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} have the present tense.)}}} αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 7:17 }{\FT{ζωης
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ζωσας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔,hpt}} TR}}} πηγὰς ὑδάτων. Καὶ ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 7:17 }{\FT{εκ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ απο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ℵ,TR}}} τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν.»




\par }\Chap{8}{\SH The
{\ND{seventh}} seal
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ ὅτε\FTNT{*}{{\FR 8:1 }{\FT{οτε
{\IT{rell}} ¦ οταν A,C,NU}}} ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην, ἐγένετο σιγὴ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ὡς ἡμιώριον.

\VS{2}Καὶ εἶδον τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλους οἳ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἑστήκασιν, καὶ ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες.


\par }{\PP \VS{3}Καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἦλθεν καὶ ἐστάθη ἐπὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 8:3 }{\FT{του θυσιαστηριου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ το θυσιαστηριον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} A,TR ¦ 1 θυσιαστηριον C}}} ἔχων λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν. Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ θυμιάματα πολλὰ ἵνα δώσει\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 8:3 }{\FT{δωσει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅖,b,d,e⅓,f⅓,h⅓,i⅗}} ℵA,HF,OC,NU ¦ δωση
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,b¼,c¼,d¼,e⅔,f⅔,g,h⅓,i⅖}} CP,RP,TR (The generalized splitting suggests that the ‘norm’ of subjunctive with ινα was at work in the minds of the copyists; but the indicative isn’t all that infrequent, and in this case presumably emphasizes certainty.)}}} ταῖς προσευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων πάντων ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου.

\VS{4}Καὶ ἀνέβη ὁ καπνὸς τῶν θυμιαμάτων ταῖς προσευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ.

\VS{5}Καὶ εἴληφεν ὁ ἄγγελος τὸν λιβανωτὸν καὶ ἐγέμισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν γῆν. Καὶ ἐγένοντο φωναὶ καὶ βρονταὶ καὶ ἀστραπαὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 8:5 }{\FT{φωναι και βρονται και αστραπαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ ~ 12543
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}} ¦ ~ 32145
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g⅓,h¼,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{115}}ℵ,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ~ 32541
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} A}}} καὶ σεισμός.

\VS{6}Καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγας ἡτοίμασαν ἑαυτοὺς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 8:6 }{\FT{εαυτους
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αυτους ℵA,NU}}} ἵνα σαλπίσωσιν.


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{first}} trumpet
\par }
{\PP \VS{7}Καὶ ὁ πρῶτος\FTNT{†}{{\FR 8:7 }{\FT{πρωτος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 αγγελος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,hpt,i¼}} TR}}} ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐγένετο χάλαζα καὶ πῦρ μεμιγμένα ἐν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 8:7 }{\FT{εν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} TR}}} αἵματι, καὶ ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκάη·\FTNT{§}{{\FR 8:7 }{\FT{και το τριτον της γης κατεκαη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} καί, τὸ τρίτον τῶν δένδρων κατεκάη\FTNT{*}{{\FR 8:7 }{\FT{και το τριτον των δενδρων κατεκαη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — [15 assorted mss]CP}}} καὶ πᾶς χόρτος χλωρὸς κατεκάη.


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{second}} trumpet
\par }
{\PP \VS{8}Καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ὡς ὄρος μέγα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 8:8 }{\FT{μεγα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e2/7,f,g,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 πυρι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h,i⅓}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR (OC is in small print.)}}} καιόμενον ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα.

\VS{9}Καὶ ἀπέθανεν τὸ τρίτον τῶν κτισμάτων\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 8:9 }{\FT{κτισματων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,ept,f,g,h¼,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 των
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d⅕,ept,h,i¼}} ℵ,OC,NU,TR}}} ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, τὰ ἔχοντα ψυχάς. Καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν πλοίων διεφθάρησαν.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 8:9 }{\FT{διεφθαρησαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅓,h¼}} ℵ(A)CP,NU ¦ διεφθαρη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅔,f,g,h,i}} RP,HF,OC,TR ({\IT{ad sensum}}, or not?)}}}


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{third}} trumpet
\par }
{\PP \VS{10}Καὶ ὁ τρίτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας, καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς, καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν ποταμῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων.

\VS{11}Καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ Ἄψινθος.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 8:11 }{\FT{ο αψινθος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔,g⅓}} TR ¦ αψινθιον ℵ}}} Καὶ ἐγένετο\FTNT{†}{{\FR 8:11 }{\FT{εγενετο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ γινεται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR ¦ λεγεται και εγενετο ℵ}}} τὸ τρίτον τῶν ὑδάτων εἰς ἄψινθον, καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν.


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{fourth}} trumpet
\par }
{\PP \VS{12}Καὶ ὁ τέταρτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῆς σελήνης καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀστέρων, ἵνα σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν· καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φαινῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 8:12 }{\FT{η ημερα (+ινα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}}) μη φαινη (ουκ εφαινεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}}) (φανη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h}} ℵA,NU) το τριτον (τεταρτον A) αυτης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h,ipt}} (ℵA)CP(NU)TR ¦ ~ 567 (αυτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt}}) μη φανη 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,ipt}} RP,HF,OC}}} καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως.


\par }{\PP \VS{13}Καὶ εἶδον καὶ ἤκουσα ἑνὸς ἀετοῦ,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 8:13 }{\FT{αετου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,gpt,h,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{115}}ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ αγγελου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,gpt,i⅓}} TR}}} πετομένου\FTNT{*}{{\FR 8:13 }{\FT{πετομενου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ πετωμενου [24 assorted mss]TR}}} ἐν μεσουρανήματι, λέγοντος φωνῇ μεγάλῃ τρίς·\FTNT{†}{{\FR 8:13 }{\FT{τρις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅙,gpt}} CP ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e,f,gpt,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (Who would have added τρις; why?)}}} «Οὐαί, οὐαί, οὐαὶ τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 8:13 }{\FT{τοις κατοικουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g⅔,h⅔,ipt}} A,CP,RP,TR ¦ τους κατοικουντας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g⅓,h⅓,ipt}} ℵ,HF,OC,NU (The dative is presumably correct.)}}} ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλπίζειν.»




\par }\Chap{9}{\SHB The
{\ND{fifth}} trumpet
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ ὁ πέμπτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα εἰς τὴν γῆν. Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου.

\VS{2}Καὶ ἤνοιξεν τὸ φρέαρ τῆς Ἀβύσσου,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:2 }{\FT{και ηνοιξεν το φρεαρ της αβυσσου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,h,ipt}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,f,h¼,ipt}} ℵ (OC is in small print.)}}} καὶ ἀνέβη καπνὸς ἐκ τοῦ φρέατος ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου καιομένης·\FTNT{†}{{\FR 9:2 }{\FT{καιομενης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,ipt}} RP,HF,OC ¦ μεγαλης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,CP,NU,TR ¦ μεγαλης καιομενης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}}}}} καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 9:2 }{\FT{εσκοτισθη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εσκοτωθη A,0207,NU}}} ὁ ἥλιος καὶ ὁ ἀὴρ ἐκ τοῦ καπνοῦ τοῦ φρέατος.

\VS{3}Καὶ ἐκ τοῦ καπνοῦ ἐξῆλθον ἀκρίδες εἰς τὴν γῆν. Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐταῖς ἐξουσία ὡς ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ σκορπίοι τῆς γῆς.

\VS{4}Καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐταῖς ἵνα μὴ ἀδικήσωσιν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 9:4 }{\FT{αδικησωσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αδικησουσιν A,NU}}} τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς οὐδὲ πᾶν χλωρὸν οὐδὲ πᾶν δένδρον, εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μόνους\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:4 }{\FT{μονους
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU (The adjective emphasizes that it is only those without God’s mark; all greenery has already been excluded, and here people with God’s mark are expressly excluded.)}}} οἵτινες οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 9:4 }{\FT{αυτων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅔,f,g,h,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅓,h¼}} ℵA,NU}}}

\VS{5}Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐταῖς\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 9:5 }{\FT{αυταις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αυτοις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓,gpt}} ℵA,NU}}} ἵνα μὴ ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτούς, ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα βασανισθῶσιν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 9:5 }{\FT{βασανισθωσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ βασανισθησονται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔(⅙)}} ℵA,NU}}} μῆνας πέντε. Καὶ ὁ βασανισμὸς αὐτῶν ὡς βασανισμὸς σκορπίου ὅταν πλήξῃ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:5 }{\FT{πληξη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} CP ¦ παιση
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅗,e,f,g⅓,h,i}} RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ πεση
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b2/7,g⅔,h2/7}} ℵA (It is difficult to imagine medieval monks changing παιση to πληξη; on what basis would they do so? On the other hand, the unfamiliar πληξη could be changed to παιση, and even πεση, early on [πλησσω having been used with the 2nd aorist in 8:12 above, the 1st aorist would be unexpected]. πλησσω is used for sudden, violent strikes, like from lightning or God’s wrath; it is used expressly of a scorpion’s sting in the 1st century AD [Sammelb.1267.6]. In this context πληξη is precisely appropriate, although the difference in meaning is slight.)}}} ἄνθρωπον.

\VS{6}Καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ζητοῦσιν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 9:6 }{\FT{ζητουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,f⅓}} CP ¦ ζητησουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,c⅕,d,e,f⅔,g,h}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR}}} οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν θάνατον, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 9:6 }{\FT{ου μη ευρησουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,ept,f,g⅓,h⅓,ipt}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 12 ευρησωσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,gpt}} ¦ 12 ευρωσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,ept,h⅓,ipt}} A ¦ ουχ 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} TR}}} αὐτόν· καὶ ἐπιθυμήσουσιν ἀποθανεῖν, καὶ φεύξεται\FTNT{§}{{\FR 9:6 }{\FT{φευξεται
{\IT{rell}} ¦ φευγει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔,h⅔}} A,NU ¦ φυγη ℵ}}} ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ θάνατος.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:6 }{\FT{απ αυτων ο θανατος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ~ 3412
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} ℵA,NU,TR ¦ 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}}}}}


\par }{\PP \VS{7}Καὶ τὰ ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἀκρίδων ὅμοια ἵπποις ἡτοιμασμένοις εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν ὡς στέφανοι χρυσοῖ,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 9:7 }{\FT{χρυσοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,i}} 0207,CP,RP,HF ¦ ομοιοι χρυσω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h}} A,NU,TR ¦ ομοιοι χρυσιω OC ¦ ομοιοι ℵ}}} καὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν ὡς πρόσωπα ἀνθρώπων.

\VS{8}Καὶ εἶχον τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν, καὶ οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτῶν ὡς λεόντων ἦσαν.

\VS{9}Καὶ εἶχον θώρακας ὡς θώρακας σιδηροῦς, καὶ ἡ φωνὴ τῶν πτερύγων αὐτῶν ὡς φωνὴ ἁρμάτων ἵππων πολλῶν τρεχόντων εἰς πόλεμον.

\VS{10}Καί, ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς ὁμοίας σκορπίοις, καὶ κέντρα, καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 9:10 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt,h⅔,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,gpt,h⅓}} ¦ ην TR}}} ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν. Ἐξουσίαν ἔχουσιν τοῦ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 9:10 }{\FT{εξουσιαν εχουσιν του
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,gpt(pt),h⅓,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,f,i⅓}} ¦ και 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}} ¦ και η εξουσια αυτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} TR ¦ η εξουσια αυτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e⅙,h⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA(0207)NU}}} ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε,

\VS{11}ἔχουσαι βασιλέα ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:11 }{\FT{εχουσαι βασιλεα επ αυτων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt(pt),i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ εχουσι 234 τον OC ¦ και εχουσιν 234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ ~ και (𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,NU[and some of the cursives]) εχουσιν 342 τον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i¼}} (𝕻{\SUP{47}}A)(NU) ¦ ~ και εχουσιν εφ 42 τον TR ¦ εχουσιν εαυτων τον 2 τον ℵ}}} ἄγγελον τῆς Ἀβύσσου—ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ἑβραϊστὶ Ἀββαδδών,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 9:11 }{\FT{αββαδδων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} ¦ αββαδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,c⅖,d,e⅔,f}} CP,RP,HF ¦ αββααδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,bpt}} ¦ αββααδδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,g⅓}} ¦ αβαδδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,e¼,gpt,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR ¦ βαττων 𝕻{\SUP{47}} (There are some 25 variants, half being singular readings. There are three basic questions: how many ‘betas’, ‘alphas’ and ‘deltas’. The evidence looks like this: ββ –
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,d,e⅔,f,g⅓,h¼,i⅔}} VS β –
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,e⅓,g⅔,h,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA; αα –
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,g⅓,h¼}} VS α –
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,d,e,f,g⅔,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA; δδ –
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35⅗}}{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,bpt,e¼,g⅔,hpt,ipt}} (𝕻{\SUP{47}})ℵA VS δ –
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35⅖}}{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,e,f,g⅓,hpt,ipt}}. Putting it all together, the single vowel appears certain; the evidence for the double ‘beta’ is stronger, as also for the single ‘delta’, except that almost all of the better representatives of
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} have the double delta, while most of the least faithful ones show the single delta, so there is little question but that the family archetype read two deltas, that also have a better geographical distribution. The Hebrew has a double δ but a single β, the reading of OC,NU,TR, but the evidence for ββ is quite strong—probably the archetypal spelling for all three main lines of transmission.)}}} ἐν δὲ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 9:11 }{\FT{εν δε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ~ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,NU,TR}}} τῇ Ἑλληνικῇ ὄνομα ἔχει Ἀπολλύων.


\par }{\PP \VS{12}Ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ μία ἀπῆλθεν. Ἰδού, ἔρχεται\FTNT{§}{{\FR 9:12 }{\FT{ερχεται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,f,g,h⅖,i⅗}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ ερχονται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e⅔,h⅗,i⅖}} 0207,OC,TR}}} ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ μετὰ ταῦτα.


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{sixth}} trumpet
\par }
{\PP \VS{13}Καὶ ὁ ἕκτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν μίαν ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:13 }{\FT{τεσσαρων
{\IT{rell}} [NU] ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,h⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,0207 ¦ ℵ omits five words}}} κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ τοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ,

\VS{14}λέγουσαν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 9:14 }{\FT{λεγουσαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,gpt,h⅗,i¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}0207,CP,RP,TR ¦ λεγοντος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt,h⅖,i}} HF,OC ¦ λεγοντα ℵA,NU}}} τῷ ἕκτῳ ἀγγέλῳ, ὁ ἔχων\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 9:14 }{\FT{ο εχων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ τω εχοντι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ ος ειχε TR}}} τὴν σάλπιγγα, «Λῦσον τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους τοὺς δεδεμένους ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ τῷ μεγάλῳ Εὐφράτῃ.»

\VS{15}Καὶ ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι—οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς τὴν ὥραν καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 9:15 }{\FT{και την ημεραν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,hpt}} ¦ 1 εις 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i}} RP,HF,OC ¦ 13
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d¼,e,hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,NU,TR ¦ — ℵ,CP (For εις we have
{\BD{a,b,f,g,i}}; against we have
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{d,e,h}},𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA; the evidence for την is tranquil.) (A clear instance of
{\BD{a,b,f,g,i}} working as a group.) (OC is in small print.)}}} καὶ μῆνα καὶ ἐνιαυτόν—ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

\VS{16}Καὶ ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:16 }{\FT{των
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} στρατευμάτων τοῦ ἵππου\FTNT{†}{{\FR 9:16 }{\FT{ιππου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f⅗,gpt,ipt}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ιππικου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,f⅖,gpt,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,NU,TR (‘horse’ or ‘horsy’?)}}} μυριάδες\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 9:16 }{\FT{μυριαδες
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f⅗,g,h⅔,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ δυο 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}(ℵ)OC,TR ¦ δις 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,f⅖,h⅓}} A,NU (Just one hundred million.) (OC is in small print.)}}} μυριάδων (ἤκουσα\FTNT{§}{{\FR 9:16 }{\FT{ηκουσα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ και 1 TR}}} τὸν ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν).

\VS{17}Καὶ οὕτως εἶδον τοὺς ἵππους ἐν τῇ ὁράσει· καὶ τοὺς καθημένους ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν, ἔχοντας θώρακας πυρίνους καὶ ὑακινθίνους καὶ θειώδεις· καὶ αἱ κεφαλαὶ τῶν ἵππων ὡς κεφαλαὶ λεόντων· καὶ ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν ἐκπορεύεται πῦρ καὶ καπνὸς καὶ θεῖον.

\VS{18}Ἀπὸ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:18 }{\FT{απο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ υπο HF,TR}}} τῶν τριῶν πληγῶν τούτων ἀπεκτάνθησαν τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων—ἐκ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 9:18 }{\FT{εκ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ απο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,f,g,i}} RP,HF}}} τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 9:18 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e¼,f,g,h⅗,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 εκ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h⅖}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},C,TR}}} τοῦ καπνοῦ καὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 9:18 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h⅔,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 εκ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},TR}}} τοῦ θείου τοῦ ἐκπορευομένου ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν.

\VS{19}Ἡ γὰρ ἐξουσία τῶν ἵππων\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:19 }{\FT{η γαρ εξουσια των ιππων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1234 τοπων A ¦ ~ ην 21345 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ αι 2 εξουσιαι αυτων TR}}} ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν ἐστιν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 9:19 }{\FT{εστιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εισιν TR}}}—καὶ ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν, αἱ γὰρ οὐραὶ αὐτῶν ὅμοιαι ὄφεσιν,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 9:19 }{\FT{οφεσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅗,h,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}(ℵA,C)CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ οφεων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅖,f,g,i⅔}} RP,HF (ομοιος normally takes the dative, but the genitive does occur.)}}} ἔχουσαι κεφαλάς, καὶ ἐν αὐταῖς ἀδικοῦσιν.


\par }{\PP \VS{20}Καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις, οὐ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 9:20 }{\FT{ου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e¼,f,g,h⅖,i}} C,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ουτε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h⅕}} A,TR ¦ ουδε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,NU}}} μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ προσκυνήσωσιν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:20 }{\FT{προσκυνησωσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ προσκυνησουσιν 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,NU}}} τὰ δαιμόνια, καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 9:20 }{\FT{και τα ειδωλα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 13 TR ¦ — 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}} τὰ χρυσᾶ καὶ τὰ ἀργυρᾶ καὶ τὰ χαλκᾶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 9:20 }{\FT{και τα χαλκα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}(ℵ)A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ 13
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅙,h⅖,i¼}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,ipt}}}}} καὶ τὰ λίθινα καὶ τὰ ξύλινα, ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύναται\FTNT{§}{{\FR 9:20 }{\FT{δυναται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e¼,f,gpt,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ δυνανται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,gpt,h,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{85,115}}ℵA,C,NU}}} οὔτε ἀκούειν οὔτε περιπατεῖν·

\VS{21}καὶ οὐ μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν φόνων αὐτῶν οὔτε ἐκ τῶν φαρμακειῶν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 9:21 }{\FT{φαρμακειων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅔,i}} RP,OC,TR ¦ φαρμακιων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e¼,gpt}} A,CP ¦ φαρμακων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,h⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵC,HF,NU}}} αὐτῶν οὔτε ἐκ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῶν οὔτε ἐκ τῶν κλεμμάτων αὐτῶν.




\par }\Chap{10}{\SH Parenthesis
\par }
{\SHB John eats a little book
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}(Καὶ εἶδον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 10:1 }{\FT{ειδον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅖,f,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 αλλον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e⅗,g,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR (OC is in small print.)}}} ἄγγελον ἰσχυρὸν καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην, καὶ ἡ ἶρις\FTNT{†}{{\FR 10:1 }{\FT{η ιρις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,h⅔,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47,115v}}(A)(C)CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,gpt,h⅓,i¼}} TR ¦ ιριν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ 1 θριξ ℵ}}} ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 10:1 }{\FT{αυτου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὡς στῦλοι πυρός·

\VS{2}καὶ εἶχεν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 10:2 }{\FT{ειχεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,gpt,h⅖,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ εχων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,h⅗,i⅔}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ βιβλιδάριον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 10:2 }{\FT{βιβλιδαριον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅓,gpt,h,i⅗}} CP ¦ βιβλαριδιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} ℵA,C,NU,TR ¦ βιβλιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,i⅖}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},RP,HF,OC}}} ἀνεῳγμένον.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 10:2 }{\FT{ανεωγμενον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e¼,f,gpt,h⅔,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ ηνεωγμενον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e,gpt,h⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵC,NU ¦ — A}}} Καὶ ἔθηκεν τὸν πόδα αὐτοῦ τὸν δεξιὸν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 10:2 }{\FT{της θαλασσης
{\IT{rell}} ¦ την θαλασσαν TR}}} τὸν δὲ εὐώνυμον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 10:2 }{\FT{της γης
{\IT{rell}} ¦ την γην TR}}}

\VS{3}καὶ ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, ὥσπερ λέων μυκᾶται. Καὶ ὅτε ἔκραξεν, ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν φωνάς.

\VS{4}Καὶ ὅτε ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 10:4 }{\FT{βρονται
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 τας φωνας εαυτων TR}}} ἔμελλον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 10:4 }{\FT{εμελλον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d,e⅗,f,g,ipt}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ ημελλον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,e⅖,h,ipt}} A,C,NU ¦ και ημελλον αυτα 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}} γράφειν· καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λέγουσαν,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 10:4 }{\FT{λεγουσαν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ λεγουσης 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ 1 μοι TR}}} «Σφράγισον ἃ ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταί,» καὶ «Μετὰ ταῦτα γράφεις.»\FTNT{§}{{\FR 10:4 }{\FT{μετα ταυτα γραφεις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e⅗,i¼}} CP ¦ μη 2 γραψης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} TR ¦ μη αυτα γραψης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅓,e⅙,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU (The text has been generally misunderstood since the beginning. Having been told to seal what the thunders uttered, why would John be told he would write it later? So many copyists altered the text, reinforcing the prohibition. However, I take it that the voice was giving two unrelated instructions: not to record the thunders; and to put his notebook aside until later—he is going to be busy interacting with the angel and eating a book, and the voice doesn’t want him to be distracted by trying to write at the same time.)}}}

\VS{5}Καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος ὃν εἶδον ἑστῶτα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦρεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ τὴν δεξιὰν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 10:5 }{\FT{την δεξιαν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} A,TR}}} εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν

\VS{6}καὶ ὤμοσεν ἐν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 10:6 }{\FT{εν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,f⅔,gpt,h⅖,ipt}} A,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e2/7,f⅓,gpt,h⅗,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,RP,HF}}} τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, ὃς ἔκτισεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, ὅτι χρόνος οὐκέτι ἔσται·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 10:6 }{\FT{ουκετι εσται
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 εστιν ℵ ¦ ουκ 2 ετι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} TR}}}

\VS{7}ἀλλ᾿\FTNT{§}{{\FR 10:7 }{\FT{αλλ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αλλα TR}}} ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ ἑβδόμου ἀγγέλου, ὅταν μέλλῃ σαλπίζειν, τελεσθῇ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 10:7 }{\FT{τελεσθη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,e⅙}} CP ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,gpt(pt)}} TR ¦ και ετελεσθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU (The subjunctive is presumably correct; the indicative doesn’t fit; the και could be emphatic, otherwise it doesn’t fit either.)}}} τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὃ
\FTNT{†}{{\FR 10:7 }{\FT{ο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅓}} CP ¦ ως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅔,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR}}} εὐηγγελίσατο\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 10:7 }{\FT{ευηγγελισατο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} CP ¦ ευηγγελισεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ ευηγγελησε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} (I take it that this is an instance of the double accusative with the passive voice [see the related variant sets above and below]; render ‘which was announced to His slaves’.)}}} τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ τοὺς προφήτας.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 10:7 }{\FT{τους δουλους αυτου τους προφητας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅓,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ~ τοις 3 δουλοις τοις προφηταις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ ~ 1 εαυτου 245
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔,h⅗}} A,C,NU ¦ ~ 1 εαυτου 2 και 45 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ ¦ ~ τοις εαυτου δουλοις τοις προφηταις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓,i⅓}} TR}}}


\par }{\PP \VS{8}Καὶ ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πάλιν λαλοῦσα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 10:8 }{\FT{λαλουσα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ λαλουσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ℵA,C,NU}}} μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ καὶ λέγουσα·\FTNT{†}{{\FR 10:8 }{\FT{λεγουσα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ λεγουσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ℵA,C,NU}}} «Ὕπαγε, λάβε τὸ βιβλιδάριον\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 10:8 }{\FT{βιβλιδαριον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e¼,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ βιβλαριδιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} ℵ,TR ¦ βιβλιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅖}} A,C,NU}}} τὸ ἀνεῳγμένον\FTNT{§}{{\FR 10:8 }{\FT{ανεωγμενον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅓,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ηνεωγμενον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e⅔}} ℵA,C,NU,TR}}} ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 10:8 }{\FT{του
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} ἀγγέλου τοῦ ἑστῶτος ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.»

\VS{9}Καὶ ἀπῆλθον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 10:9 }{\FT{απηλθον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ απηλθα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,OC,NU}}} πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον λέγων αὐτῷ, «Δός\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 10:9 }{\FT{δος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅗,i¼}} CP,TR ¦ δουναι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅖,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} μοι τὸ βιβλιδάριον.»\FTNT{§}{{\FR 10:9 }{\FT{βιβλιδαριον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅓,f,g,h⅓,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ βιβλαριδιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{85,115}}C,NU,TR ¦ βιβλιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅗}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ ¦ βιβλαριον A}}} Καὶ λέγει μοι· «Λάβε καὶ κατάφαγε αὐτό· καὶ πικρανεῖ σου τὴν κοιλίαν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν τῷ στόματί σου ἔσται γλυκὺ ὡς μέλι.»

\VS{10}Καὶ ἔλαβον τὸ βιβλιδάριον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 10:10 }{\FT{βιβλιδαριον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e¼,hpt,i⅗}} CP ¦ βιβλιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,hpt,i⅖}} ℵ,RP,HF,OC ¦ βιβλαριδιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} A,C,NU,TR}}} ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου καὶ κατέφαγον αὐτό, καὶ ἦν ἐν τῷ στόματί μου ὡς μέλι γλυκύ. Καὶ ὅτε ἔφαγον αὐτὸ ἐπικράνθη ἡ κοιλία μου.

\VS{11}Καὶ λέγει\FTNT{†}{{\FR 10:11 }{\FT{λεγει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,fpt,gpt,h⅗,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ λεγουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,fpt,gpt,h⅖,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU (Where is the subject for the plural verb?)}}} μοι, «Δεῖ σε πάλιν προφητεῦσαι ἐπὶ λαοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 10:11 }{\FT{επι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,g,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,e,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} ἔθνεσιν καὶ γλώσσαις καὶ βασιλεῦσιν πολλοῖς.»




\par }\Chap{11}{\SHB The two witnesses
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ. Καὶ εἱστήκει ὁ ἄγγελος λέγων·\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:1 }{\FT{και ειστηκει ο αγγελος λεγων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ℵ{\SUP{c}},CP ¦ 1 φωνη λεγουσα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ 5
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ λεγει ℵ (I take it that the angel shifted position, perhaps with both feet on land—his legs had been spread or straddled, now he stands normally.)}}} «Ἔγειραι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:1 }{\FT{εγειραι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b⅔,dpt,e⅓,fpt,h}} CP,RP,TR ¦ εγειρε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b⅓,dpt,ept,fpt,g,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,HF,OC,NU ¦ εγειρον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅙}}}}} καὶ μέτρησον τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ.

\VS{2}Καὶ τὴν αὐλὴν τὴν ἔξωθεν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:2 }{\FT{εξωθεν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εσωθεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e⅓}} ℵ}}} τοῦ ναοῦ ἔκβαλε ἔξωθεν,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:2 }{\FT{εξωθεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,ept,h⅔}} A,CP,NU ¦ εξω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,ept,f,g,h⅓,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ εσω ℵ}}} καὶ μὴ αὐτὴν μετρήσῃς, ὅτι ἐδόθη τοῖς ἔθνεσιν· καὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν πατήσουσιν μῆνας τεσσαράκοντα δύο.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:2 }{\FT{τεσσαρακοντα δυο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,c⅛,d⅓,e⅖,f⅓,g⅓,h,ipt}} (ℵ)CP,OC,TR ¦ 1 και 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f⅔,g⅔,h¼,i⅓}} (A)RP,HF([NU]) ¦ μβ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e⅗,i⅙}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}}

\VS{3}Καὶ δώσω τοῖς δυσὶν μάρτυσίν μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν ἡμέρας χιλίας διακοσίας ἑξήκοντα, περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους.»


\par }{\PP \VS{4}Οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι, καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:4 }{\FT{κυριου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h,i}} ℵ(A)C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ θεου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,i¼}} TR}}} τῆς γῆς ἑστῶσαι.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:4 }{\FT{εστωσαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,d,e,g⅔,h,i⅔}} CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ εστωτες
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,f,g⅓,i⅓}} ℵA,C,HF,NU}}}

\VS{5}Καὶ εἴ τις αὐτοὺς θέλει\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:5 }{\FT{αυτους θελει
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ℵ ¦ 1 θελη TR ¦ 1 θελησει 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}} ἀδικῆσαι, πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν. Καὶ εἴ τις θέλει αὐτοὺς ἀδικῆσαι,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:5 }{\FT{θελει αυτους αδικησαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅙,f,g⅔,h¼,i⅔}} C,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ~ 213
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} ¦ ~ 2 θελη 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼,g⅓}} TR ¦ 12 αποκτεναι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ θεληση 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h}} A,NU ¦ ~ θεληση 32 ℵ(𝕻{\SUP{47}})}}} οὕτως\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:5 }{\FT{ουτως
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ουτω [30 assorted mss] OC,TR ¦ — A}}} δεῖ αὐτὸν ἀποκτανθῆναι.

\VS{6}Οὗτοι ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανὸν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:6 }{\FT{εξουσιαν κλεισαι τον ουρανον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅕,i⅖}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ την 1234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅗}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}(A,C)NU ¦ ~ 3412
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i⅗}} RP,HF ¦ ~ 1342 OC}}} ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ τὰς ἡμέρας\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:6 }{\FT{υετος βρεχη τας ημερας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅔,e⅗,f,g,hpt(pt),i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 βρεχει 34
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,i⅓}} ¦ ~ 21 εν ταις ημεραις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ ~ 21 εν ημεραις TR}}} τῆς προφητείας αὐτῶν·\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:6 }{\FT{της προφητειας αυτων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR}}} καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων στρέφειν αὐτὰ εἰς αἷμα, καὶ πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ, ὁσάκις ἐὰν θελήσωσιν.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:6 }{\FT{εν (𝕻{\SUP{47}},TR) παση πληγη οσακις (ωσακις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}}) εαν (αν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h,i¼}} C) θελησωσιν (θελησουσιν C; θελωσιν 𝕻{\SUP{47}})
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i¼}} (𝕻{\SUP{47}})ℵA(C)CP,OC,NU(TR) ¦ ~ 4 (ωσακις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}}) 56123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i}} RP,HF}}}


\par }{\PP \VS{7}Καὶ ὅταν τελέσωσιν τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτῶν τὸ Θηρίον τὸ ἀναβαῖνον ἐκ τῆς Ἀβύσσου ποιήσει μετ᾿ αὐτῶν πόλεμον, καὶ νικήσει αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀποκτενεῖ αὐτούς

\VS{8}—καὶ τὰ πτώματα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:8 }{\FT{τα πτωματα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g⅓,h⅗,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,CP,TR ¦ το πτωμα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g⅔,h⅖,ipt}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU (The plural is presumably correct.)}}} αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας τῆς πόλεως τῆς μεγάλης (ἥτις καλεῖται πνευματικῶς Σόδομα καὶ Αἴγυπτος), ὅπου καὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:8 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅕,f,g⅔,h,i⅗}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e,g⅓,i⅖}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}} ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:8 }{\FT{αυτων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ημων TR ¦ — 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ}}} ἐσταυρώθη.


\par }{\PP \VS{9}Καὶ βλέπουσιν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:9 }{\FT{βλεπουσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ βλεψουσιν TR}}} ἐκ τῶν λαῶν καὶ φυλῶν καὶ γλωσσῶν καὶ ἐθνῶν τὰ πτώματα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:9 }{\FT{τα πτωματα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅗,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ το πτωμα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅖,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ(A)C,RP,HF,OC,NU (The plural is presumably
{\BD{still}} correct.)}}} αὐτῶν ἡμέρας τρεῖς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:9 }{\FT{τρεις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e,f,g,h⅖,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅕,h⅗}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ(A,C)OC,NU,TR (ημισυ following a numeral occurs both with and without the intervening και since ancient times.)}}} ἥμισυ, καὶ τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:9 }{\FT{αφησουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ αφιουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,hpt}} ℵA,C,NU}}} τεθῆναι εἰς μνῆμα.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:9 }{\FT{μνημα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ μνηματα TR ¦ μνημιον C}}}

\VS{10}Καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς χαίρουσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:10 }{\FT{χαιρουσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ χαρουσιν TR}}} ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς, καὶ εὐφρανθήσονται\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:10 }{\FT{ευφρανθησονται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ ευφραινονται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ(A)C,NU}}} καὶ δῶρα πέμψουσιν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:10 }{\FT{πεμψουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e,gpt,h}} A,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ πεμπουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ℵ ¦ δωσουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅙,f,gpt,i}} RP,HF (‘send’ is stronger than ‘give’.)}}} ἀλλήλοις, ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ δύο προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.


\par }{\PP \VS{11}Καὶ μετὰ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:11 }{\FT{μετα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d⅖,e⅗,h⅖,i⅖}} ℵ,CP ¦ 1 τας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅗,e⅖,f,g,h⅗,i⅗}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (One would expect the article, except that it is this resurrection that defines the time the bodies were in the street.)}}} τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμισυ πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:11 }{\FT{επ αυτους
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d¼,gpt,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ εις 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,gpt,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,RP,HF,OC ¦ εν αυτοις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅙,h⅓}} A,NU ¦ αυτοις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,hpt}} C (επι with the accusative emphasizes that the ‘breath’ had just arrived.)}}} καὶ ἔστησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν, καὶ φόβος μέγας ἐπέπεσεν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:11 }{\FT{μεγας επεπεσεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,e⅓,g,hpt,ipt}} A,C,CP,OC,NU ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}} ¦ 1 επεσεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,e⅔,f,hpt,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,RP,HF,TR}}} ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτούς.

\VS{12}Καὶ ἤκουσα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:12 }{\FT{ηκουσα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,hpt,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ηκουσαν ℵA,C[+4 mss]NU,TR ¦ ακουσονται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}}}}} φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λεγούσης\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:12 }{\FT{φωνης μεγαλης … λεγουσης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅓,i⅕}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵC,CP,NU ¦ φωνην μεγαλην … λεγουσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{115}}A,RP,HF,OC,TR}}} αὐτοῖς, «Ἀνάβητε\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:12 }{\FT{αναβητε
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αναβατε 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,NU}}} ὧδε.» Καὶ ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ, καὶ ἐθεώρησαν αὐτοὺς οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτῶν.

\VS{13}Καὶ ἐν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:13 }{\FT{και εν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,gpt,h⅗,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt,h⅖,ipt}} HF}}} ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:13 }{\FT{ημερα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e¼,f,g,h⅕,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ωρα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h,i¼}} ℵA,C,NU,TR}}} ἐγένετο σεισμὸς μέγας καὶ τὸ δέκατον τῆς πόλεως ἔπεσεν, καὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῷ σεισμῷ ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά. Καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἔμφοβοι ἐγένοντο καὶ ἔδωκαν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.)


\par }{\PP \VS{14}Ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν. Ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτῃ, ἰδού,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:14 }{\FT{η ουαι η τριτη ιδου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅙,f,gpt,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ~ 51234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓,gpt,h}} (ℵ)A,C,NU,TR ¦ ~ 5342
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ 1234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ ~ 342
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}}}}} ἔρχεται ταχύ.


\par }{\SH The
{\ND{seventh}} trumpet
\par }
{\PP \VS{15}Καὶ ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐγένοντο φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαι·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:15 }{\FT{λεγουσαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d,e,f,gpt,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47,115}}ℵC,CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ λεγοντες
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,f¼,gpt}} A,HF,NU (The subject of the verb is ‘voices’, fem. pl.)}}} «Ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:15 }{\FT{εγενετο η βασιλεια (ℵ)
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εγενοντο αι βασιλειαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,g⅓}} TR}}} τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ βασιλεύσει εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων.»

\VS{16}Καὶ οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:16 }{\FT{οι εικοσι τεσσαρες
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,c⅕,d⅓,e⅔,f,hpt,i}} C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 κδ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,d⅔,e⅓,g,h⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ 12 και 3 TR ¦ 23 ℵA}}} πρεσβύτεροι, οἱ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:16 }{\FT{οι
{\IT{rell}} [NU] ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,gpt,h¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A}}} ἐνώπιον\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:16 }{\FT{ενωπιον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,NU,TR ¦ 1 του θρονου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i⅔}} RP,HF,OC (OC is in small print.)}}} τοῦ Θεοῦ καθήμενοι\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:16 }{\FT{καθημενοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,f⅕,hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{115}}0308,A,CP,RP,NU,TR ¦ οι καθηνται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i}} ℵ,HF,OC ¦ καθηνται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}C}}} ἐπὶ τοὺς θρόνους αὐτῶν, ἔπεσον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:16 }{\FT{επεσον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b⅔,d,ept,f,h,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ επεσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b⅓,ept,g,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ Θεῷ

\VS{17}λέγοντες· «Εὐχαριστοῦμέν σοι, Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:17 }{\FT{και ο ερχομενος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅙,hpt,i⅓}} CP,OC,TR ¦ 1 𝕻{\SUP{47,115}}0308,ℵC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e,f,g,hpt,i⅔}} A,RP,HF,NU (OC is in small print.)}}} ὅτι εἴληφας τὴν δύναμίν σου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐβασίλευσας.

\VS{18}Καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ὠργίσθησαν, καὶ ἦλθεν ἡ ὀργή σου, καὶ ὁ καιρὸς τῶν νεκρῶν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:18 }{\FT{νεκρων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εθνων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} OC}}} κριθῆναι καὶ δοῦναι τὸν μισθὸν τοῖς δούλοις σου τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:18 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e}} OC}}} τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομά σου, τοῖς μικροῖς καὶ τοῖς μεγάλοις,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:18 }{\FT{τοις μικροις και τοις μεγαλοις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ τους μικρους 3 τους μεγαλους (𝕻{\SUP{47}})ℵA,C,NU}}} καὶ διαφθεῖραι τοὺς διαφθείραντας\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:18 }{\FT{διαφθειραντας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d⅕,fpt,gpt,ipt}} C,OC ¦ διαφθειροντας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,c⅕,d,ept,fpt,gpt,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,CP,RP,HF,NU,TR ¦ φθειροντας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} (The context calls for the aorist tense, but this verb usually appears in the 2nd aorist, so the unfamiliar 1st aorist was changed to the present, a change of just one letter. The aorist receives some attestation from all nine groups, which means that it was not invented in the middle ages—if the present were original, why would copyists from all traditions change it to an unfamiliar form? Hoskier lists nine variants.)}}} τὴν γῆν.»

\VS{19}Καὶ ἠνοίγη\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 11:19 }{\FT{ηνοιγη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,gpt,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ηνοιχθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt,i}} HF ¦ ηνυγη ℵ}}} ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 11:19 }{\FT{θεου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,h}} A,C,OC,NU}}} ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ Κυρίου\FTNT{*}{{\FR 11:19 }{\FT{του κυριου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt(pt),i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 θεου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} ℵ ¦ αυτου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,hpt}} A,C,NU,TR ¦ 2 OC}}} ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἐγένοντο ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 11:19 }{\FT{φωναι και βρονται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1232 σεισμος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h⅔,ipt}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 3212 σεισμος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{(b),d,h⅓}}}}} καὶ χάλαζα μεγάλη.




\par }\Chap{12}{\SH Parenthesis—partly historical
\par }
{\SHB The woman, the Child, the dragon
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ σημεῖον μέγα ὤφθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ· γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς στέφανος ἀστέρων δώδεκα.

\VS{2}Καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 12:2 }{\FT{εχουσα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 και ℵC,NU ¦ εχουσαν και 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}} ἔκραζεν ὠδίνουσα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 12:2 }{\FT{εκραζεν (εκραξεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,b⅓,gpt}}) ωδινουσα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,i}} (C)CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ κραζει 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h}} (𝕻{\SUP{47}})ℵ(A)(NU)TR ¦ ~ 2 κραζει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}}}}} καὶ βασανιζομένη τεκεῖν.


\par }{\PP \VS{3}Καὶ ὤφθη ἄλλο σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ· καὶ ἰδού, δράκων μέγας πυρρός,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 12:3 }{\FT{μεγας πυρρος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e⅓,i⅕}} A,CP,NU,TR ¦ 1 πυρος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e⅔,h⅕}} ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,fpt,gpt,h⅖,i¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47,115}} ℵ,OC ¦ ~ πυρος 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,fpt,gpt,h⅓,ipt}} C,RP,HF (All the families have some division; the evidence for the word order looks like this: ‘great, fiery’
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅛,b⅕,d,e,h⅓,i⅕}} A; ‘fiery, great’
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅙,f,g,h⅔,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47,115}}ℵC. The evidence for the spelling looks like this: πυρρος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b⅓,d⅓,e⅖,fpt,gpt,hpt,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47,115}}ℵA; πυρος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b⅔,d⅔,e⅗,fpt,gpt,hpt,ipt}} C.)}}} ἔχων κεφαλὰς ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτοῦ ἑπτὰ διαδήματα.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 12:3 }{\FT{επτα διαδηματα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 21 TR ¦ διαδηματα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}}}}}

\VS{4}Καὶ ἡ οὐρὰ αὐτοῦ σύρει τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀστέρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν.

\par }{\PP Καὶ ὁ δράκων ἕστηκεν ἐνώπιον τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς μελλούσης τικτεῖν,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 12:4 }{\FT{τικτειν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} CP ¦ τεκειν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (Representatives of
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e}} join
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}.)}}} ἵνα ὅταν τέκῃ τὸ Τέκνον αὐτῆς καταφάγῃ.

\VS{5}Καὶ ἔτεκεν Υἱόν, ἄρρενα,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 12:5 }{\FT{αρρενα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αρσεν A,C,NU ¦ αρσενα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,hpt}}}}} ὃς μέλλει ποιμαίνειν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 12:5 }{\FT{εν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,ept,h⅓}} C}}} ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ. Καὶ ἡρπάγη\FTNT{§}{{\FR 12:5 }{\FT{ηρπαγη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,i¼}} ℵ,CP ¦ ηρπασθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (Both are passive indicative, the choice being between 2nd or 1st aorist.)}}} τὸ Τέκνον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ πρὸς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 12:5 }{\FT{προς
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} TR}}} τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ.

\VS{6}Καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἔφυγεν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ὅπου ἔχει ἐκεῖ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 12:6 }{\FT{εκει
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓,hpt}} C,TR}}} τόπον ἡτοιμασμένον ἀπὸ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 12:6 }{\FT{απο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d¼,e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ υπο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,g,i}} RP,HF}}} τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα ἐκεῖ ἐκτρέφωσιν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 12:6 }{\FT{εκτρεφωσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ τρεφωσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,b,d,e,h,i⅓}} A,OC,NU,TR ¦ τρεφουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} ℵC}}} αὐτὴν ἡμέρας χιλίας διακοσίας ἑξήκοντα.


\par }{\SHB Satan excluded from heaven
\par }
{\PP \VS{7}Καὶ ἐγένετο πόλεμος ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ· ὁ Μιχαὴλ καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ τοῦ πολεμῆσαι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 12:7 }{\FT{του πολεμησαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓,i⅓}} A,C,CP,OC,NU ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,h⅔,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,RP,HF ¦ επολεμησαν TR (Render ‘were to fight’; the dragon knew that Michael had received the order, so he decided to get in the first blow.) (OC is in small print.)}}} μετὰ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 12:7 }{\FT{μετα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ κατα TR}}} τοῦ δράκοντος· καὶ ὁ δράκων ἐπολέμησεν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ,

\VS{8}καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσεν,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 12:8 }{\FT{ισχυσεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ισχυσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}C,TR ¦ ισχυσαν προς αυτον ℵ}}} οὐδὲ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 12:8 }{\FT{ουδε
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ουτε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} TR}}} τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῷ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 12:8 }{\FT{ευρεθη αυτω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,f,g,h⅕,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ 1 αυτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h⅗,i⅓}} A,C,NU,TR ¦ ~ αυτων 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,h⅕}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ 1 ℵ}}} ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ.

\VS{9}Καὶ ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις\FTNT{†}{{\FR 12:9 }{\FT{ο μεγας ο οφις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 3412
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅒,h¼}} OC}}} ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος Διάβολος καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 12:9 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅙,f,g,h⅕,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 ο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h,i⅓}} A,C,OC,NU,TR ¦ ο ℵ (OC is in small print.)}}} Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην· ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 12:9 }{\FT{μετ αυτου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{(d)e}}}}} ἐβλήθησαν.

\VS{10}Καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαν·\FTNT{*}{{\FR 12:10 }{\FT{εν τω ουρανω λεγουσαν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 4123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR}}} «Ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι κατεβλήθη\FTNT{†}{{\FR 12:10 }{\FT{κατεβληθη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,g⅓,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ εβληθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,g⅔,h,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU (Since the simple form of the verb has already occurred three times in the verse above, there may have been assimilation to it. If I were that voice I would cheerfully use the heightened form!)}}} ὁ κατήγορος\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 12:10 }{\FT{κατηγορος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ κατηγωρ A,NU}}} τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν, ὁ κατηγορῶν αὐτῶν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 12:10 }{\FT{αυτων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅖,f,g,h⅔,i}} ℵC,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ αυτους
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅗,g¼,h⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,NU}}} ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός.

\VS{11}Καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Ἀρνίου καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἠγάπησαν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῶν, ἄχρι θανάτου.

\VS{12}Διὰ τοῦτο εὐφραίνεσθε, οἱ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 12:12 }{\FT{οι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b¼,d,e⅔,h⅔,ipt}} A,CP[NU]TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,h⅓,ipt}} ℵC,RP,HF,OC}}} οὐρανοί, καὶ οἱ ἐν αὐτοῖς σκηνοῦντες. Οὐαὶ τῇ γῇ καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 12:12 }{\FT{τη γη και τη θαλασση
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ την γην 3 την θαλασσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅖,hpt}} (ℵ)C,OC,NU ¦ τοις κατοικουσι την γην 3 την θαλασσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} TR ¦ την αγαπην 3 την θαλασσαν A}}} ὅτι κατέβη ὁ διάβολος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔχων θυμὸν μέγαν, εἰδὼς ὅτι ὀλίγον καιρὸν ἔχει.»


\par }{\SHB Satan persecutes the woman
\par }
{\PP \VS{13}Καὶ ὅτε εἶδεν ὁ δράκων ὅτι ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἐδίωξεν τὴν γυναῖκα ἥτις ἔτεκεν τὸν ἄρρενα.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 12:13 }{\FT{αρρενα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αρσενα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} ℵC,NU ¦ αρσεναν A}}}

\VS{14}Καὶ ἐδόθησαν τῇ γυναικὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 12:14 }{\FT{γυναικι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,gpt,hpt,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ 1 αι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,gpt,hpt}} A,C,NU}}} δύο πτέρυγες τοῦ ἀετοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου, ἵνα πέτηται εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς, ὅπως τρέφηται\FTNT{*}{{\FR 12:14 }{\FT{οπως τρεφηται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ οπου τρεφεται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e⅔,hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,NU,TR}}} ἐκεῖ καιρὸν καὶ καιροὺς καὶ ἥμισυ καιροῦ, ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ ὄφεως.

\VS{15}Καὶ ἔβαλεν ὁ ὄφις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω τῆς γυναικὸς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 12:15 }{\FT{εκ του στοματος αυτου οπισω της γυναικος (𝕻{\SUP{47}})
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 5671234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} TR}}} ὕδωρ ὡς ποταμόν, ἵνα αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον ποιήσῃ.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 12:15 }{\FT{αυτην ποταμοφορητον ποιηση
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 312 C ¦ ταυτην 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} TR}}}

\VS{16}Καὶ ἐβοήθησεν ἡ γῆ τῇ γυναικί, καὶ ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ.

\VS{17}Καὶ ὠργίσθη ὁ δράκων ἐπὶ τῇ γυναικὶ καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ποιῆσαι πόλεμον μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτῆς, τῶν τηρούντων τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 12:17 }{\FT{ιησου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ του 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓,gpt}} CP ¦ του θεου ℵ ¦ του 1 χριστου TR}}}




\par }\Chap{13}{\SH Various Vignettes
\par }
{\SHB A beast from the sea
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ ἐστάθην\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:1 }{\FT{εσταθην
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εσταθη 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,NU}}} ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ εἶδον ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης Θηρίον ἀναβαῖνον, ἔχον κέρατα δέκα καὶ κεφαλὰς ἑπτά,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:1 }{\FT{κερατα δεκα και κεφαλας επτα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 45312 TR}}} καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κεράτων αὐτοῦ δέκα διαδήματα καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτοῦ ὀνόματα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:1 }{\FT{ονοματα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h⅗,i}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC[NU] ¦ ονομα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅖}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵC,TR}}} βλασφημίας.

\VS{2}Καὶ τὸ Θηρίον ὃ εἶδον ἦν ὅμοιον\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:2 }{\FT{ην ομοιον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d}} ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}} παρδάλει, καὶ οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὡς ἄρκτου,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:2 }{\FT{αρκτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e¼,gpt,hpt,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ αρκου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅔,e,f,gpt,hpt,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} καὶ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ ὡς στόμα λέοντος. Καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην.

\VS{3}Καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:3 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ειδον TR}}} μίαν ἐκ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:3 }{\FT{εκ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} TR}}} τῶν κεφαλῶν αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:3 }{\FT{ωσει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} ἐσφαγμένην εἰς θάνατον, καὶ ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη. Καὶ ἐθαύμασεν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:3 }{\FT{εθαυμασεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ εθαυμασθη εν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e}} TR ¦ εθαυμασθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,NU ¦ εθαυμαστωθη C}}} ὅλη ἡ γῆ ὀπίσω τοῦ Θηρίου.


\par }{\PP \VS{4}Καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ δράκοντι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:4 }{\FT{τω δρακοντι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ τον δρακοντα ℵ,TR}}} τῷ δεδωκότι\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:4 }{\FT{τω δεδωκοτι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e¼,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ οτι εδωκεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,ept,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,NU ¦ ος εδωκεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} TR}}} τὴν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:4 }{\FT{την
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} ἐξουσίαν τῷ Θηρίῳ· καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ Θηρίῳ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:4 }{\FT{και προσεκυνησαν τω θηριω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 12 το θηριον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} A,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} ¦ — 𝕻{\SUP{47}} omits a further four words}}} λέγοντες, «Τίς ὅμοιος τῷ Θηρίῳ, καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:4 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,b,d,e,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,ipt}} HF,OC,TR}}} τίς δυνατὸς\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:4 }{\FT{δυνατος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ δυναται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,b,d,e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} πολεμῆσαι μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ;»

\VS{5}Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν μεγάλα, καὶ βλασφημίαν·\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:5 }{\FT{βλασφημιαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅗,f,gpt,i¼}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ βλασφημα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅕,h⅖,i¼}} A ¦ βλασφημιας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,e⅕,h⅓,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵC,NU,TR ¦ βλασφημιαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g⅓,h⅕}}}}} καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία πόλεμον ποιῆσαι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:5 }{\FT{εξουσια πολεμον ποιησαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ 13
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,NU,TR ¦ 3 ο θελει ℵ}}} μῆνας τεσσαράκοντα δύο.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:5 }{\FT{τεσσαρακοντα δυο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ τεσσερακοντα 2 ℵC ¦ 1 και 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}} (A)[NU] ¦ μβ΄
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅓,h¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}}

\VS{6}Καὶ ἤνοιξεν τὸ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:6 }{\FT{το
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,fpt}}}}} στόμα αὐτοῦ εἰς βλασφημίαν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:6 }{\FT{εις βλασφημιαν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 βλασφημιας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ℵA,C,NU ¦ βλασφημησαι 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}} πρὸς τὸν Θεόν, βλασφημῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ, τοὺς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:6 }{\FT{τους
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,hpt,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ — 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}} ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ σκηνοῦντας.

\VS{7}Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ποιῆσαι πόλεμον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:7 }{\FT{ποιησαι πολεμον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅙,f,g,h,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C (These MSS omit the whole first compound clause.)}}} μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων καὶ νικῆσαι αὐτούς. Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία ἐπὶ πᾶσαν φυλὴν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:7 }{\FT{φυλην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP,TR ¦ 1 και λαον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅓,f,g,h,i}} ℵA(C)RP,HF,OC,NU}}} καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ ἔθνος.

\VS{8}Καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτῷ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:8 }{\FT{αυτω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d⅕,e,gpt,h⅗,i⅔}} ℵ,CP,RP,TR ¦ αυτον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,gpt,h⅖,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,HF,OC,NU}}} πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὧν οὐ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:8 }{\FT{ων ου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ουτε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,g¼}} ¦ ου ου C,NU ¦ 1 ℵ ¦ ουαι A}}} γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:8 }{\FT{το ονομα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ 12 αυτου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅖}} A,C,NU ¦ τα ονοματα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,i¼}} TR ¦ τα ονοματα αυτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅖}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ}}} ἐν τῷ Βιβλίῳ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:8 }{\FT{τω βιβλιω 𝕻{\SUP{115}}
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 2 C ¦ βιβλω ℵ[+11 assorted mss] ¦ τη βιβλω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47v}},TR}}} τῆς Ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου, τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου.


\par }{\PP \VS{9}Εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω.

\VS{10}Εἴ τις ἔχει αἰχμαλωσίαν, ὑπάγει·\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:10 }{\FT{εχει αιχμαλωσιαν υπαγει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅙,f,gpt,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ εις 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h}} ℵC ¦ 2 συναγει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ 2 συναγει εις 23 TR ¦ εις 2 εις 23 A,NU ¦ εις 2 απαγει εις 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} OC ¦ αιχμαλωτιζει εις 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}} ¦ 5 other readings (Render, “if anyone has captivity, he goes away”—anyone who has been appointed to captivity will certainly be taken away; being less than transparent the Text gave rise to evasive action.)}}} εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτένει,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:10 }{\FT{αποκτενει (-εινει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}} ℵ; -εννει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,h¼}} OC)
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,b,d,e,g,h,ipt}} (ℵ)C,CP,RP(OC)TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,ipt}} HF ¦ αποκτανθηναι A,NU (OC is in small print.)}}} δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν μαχαίρᾳ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:10 }{\FT{εν μαχαιρα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,h}} (ℵA,C)CP,RP,OC(NU)TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,i}} HF}}} ἀποκτανθῆναι. Ὧδέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ καὶ ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων.


\par }{\SHB A beast from the land
\par }
{\PP \VS{11}Καὶ εἶδον ἄλλο θηρίον ἀναβαῖνον ἐκ τῆς γῆς, καὶ εἶχεν κέρατα δύο\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:11 }{\FT{δυο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,g,h,i2/7}} (𝕻{\SUP{47}})ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,i}} (OC is in small print.)}}} ὅμοια ἀρνίῳ καὶ ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων.

\VS{12}Καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πρώτου Θηρίου πᾶσαν ποιεῖ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐποίει\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:12 }{\FT{εποιει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅙,f,g¼,h⅓,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ποιει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR ¦ ποιησει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}}}}} τὴν γῆν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:12 }{\FT{εν αυτη κατοικουντας
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 312 C,TR}}} ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:12 }{\FT{ινα προσκυνησωσιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 προσκυνησουσιν 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,NU ¦ προσκυνιν ℵ}}} τὸ Θηρίον τὸ πρῶτον, οὗ ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ.

\VS{13}Καὶ ποιεῖ σημεῖα μεγάλα, καὶ πῦρ ἵνα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:13 }{\FT{και πυρ ινα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ~ 312 ποιη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,h}} ℵA(C)NU,TR ¦ ~ 312 ποιει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} ¦ ~ 312 ποιηση
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ ~ 3 εν πλανη ποιη 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}}}}} ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνῃ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:13 }{\FT{εκ του ουρανου καταβαινη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,(g),i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ 123 καταβηναι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ 123 καταβαινειν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,hpt}} A(C)NU ¦ ~ καταβαινειν 123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,hpt}} ℵ,TR}}} ἐπὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:13 }{\FT{επι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP,RP,HF ¦ εις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} τὴν γῆν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

\VS{14}Καὶ πλανᾷ τοὺς ἐμούς,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:14 }{\FT{τους εμους
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, διὰ τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ποιῆσαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θηρίου, λέγων τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ποιῆσαι εἰκόνα τῷ θηρίῳ, ὃ εἶχεν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:14 }{\FT{ο ειχεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,f,h⅓,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ω 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}} ¦ 1 εχει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,hpt}} ℵ,TR ¦ ος εχει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,NU ¦ ος 2 OC}}} τὴν πληγὴν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:14 }{\FT{την πληγην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g,h,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,i⅔}} HF ¦ πληγης ℵ}}} τῆς μαχαίρας καὶ ἔζησεν.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:14 }{\FT{της μαχαιρας και εζησεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h,i⅓}} CP,OC,TR ¦ 1 μαχαιρης 34 (𝕻{\SUP{47}})ℵA,C,NU ¦ ~ 34 απο 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt,i⅔}} RP,HF ¦ ~ 34 απο της πληγης 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}}}}}

\VS{15}Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ πνεῦμα δοῦναι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:15 }{\FT{πνευμα δουναι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i⅓}} ℵA,NU,TR ¦ 1 C}}} τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ Θηρίου, ἵνα καὶ λαλήσῃ ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ Θηρίου, καὶ ποιήσῃ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:15 }{\FT{ποιηση
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ποιησει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,dpt,e⅕,g}} ℵ ¦ C omits whole sentence}}} ὅσοι\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:15 }{\FT{οσοι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ινα 1 A[NU]}}} ἐὰν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:15 }{\FT{εαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅕,i}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ αν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,hpt}} ℵ,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} CP}}} μὴ προσκυνήσωσιν τῇ εἰκόνι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:15 }{\FT{τη εικονι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ την εικονα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} A,TR}}} τοῦ Θηρίου ἵνα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:15 }{\FT{ινα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} CP,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,ept,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47v}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,NU (OC is in small print.)}}} ἀποκτανθῶσιν.

\VS{16}Καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας—τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους καὶ τοὺς πτωχούς, καὶ τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ τοὺς δούλους—ἵνα δῶσιν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:16 }{\FT{δωσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d2/7,ept,hpt,i¼}} ℵA,C,CP,NU ¦ δωσωσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,d⅗,f⅔,g,ipt}} RP,HF ¦ δωσουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,e⅙,f⅓,i⅕}} OC ¦ δωση
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓,hpt}} TR}}} αὐτοῖς χαράγματα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:16 }{\FT{χαραγματα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP,RP,HF ¦ χαραγμα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} ἐπὶ τῆς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:16 }{\FT{της
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,d,e,g,h,i⅗}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,f,i⅖}}}}} χειρὸς αὐτῶν τῆς δεξιᾶς, ἢ ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:16 }{\FT{των μετωπων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b¼,d,e}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}(CP)OC,TR ¦ το μετωπον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,NU ¦ του μετωπου C}}} αὐτῶν,

\VS{17}καὶ ἵνα μή τις δύνηται\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:17 }{\FT{δυνηται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅖,b,d⅕,e⅕,h⅖,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ δυναται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,d,e,f,g,h⅗,i⅔}} RP,HF}}} ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι εἰ μὴ ὁ ἔχων τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θηρίου\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:17 }{\FT{το ονομα του θηριου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ η 1234 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP,TR ¦ του ονοματος 34
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} C ¦ ~ 34 η 12 αυτου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} ℵ}}} ἢ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ.

\VS{18}Ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν· ὁ ἔχων νοῦν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 13:18 }{\FT{νουν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ τον 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR ¦ ουν 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ ους
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}} ℵ}}} ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ Θηρίου, ἀριθμὸς γὰρ ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν—καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 13:18 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,h,ipt}} A,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,(e¼),f,g,ipt}} (𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ)HF}}} ὁ ἀριθμὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 13:18 }{\FT{εστιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,h,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}C,CP,RP ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,i⅔}} ℵA,HF,OC,NU,TR}}} χξς΄.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 13:18 }{\FT{χξς΄
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εξακοσια εξηκοντα εξ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,e¼,g,h⅓}} RP ¦ εξακοσιοι εξηκοντα εξ (ℵ)A,CP,NU ¦ χξ και ς
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ εξακοσιαι δεκα εξ C ¦ χις 𝕻{\SUP{115}} (I have argued elsewhere that the economic factor that dictated abbreviated forms for numbers and frequent nouns would not have been present when the Autographs were being penned, but since this particular number has to fit on hands and foreheads—of course a chip under the skin [that some are already receiving] will hold any amount of information—and the middle letter does resemble a snake. Actually, both 𝕻{\SUP{47}} and 𝕻{\SUP{115}} have the three letters, and the third letter in both is a clear
{\IT{sigma}}, not a
{\IT{stigma}}. However, since
{\IT{sigma}} = 200, it is impossible in this position, so we may assume that a
{\IT{stigma}} was intended.)}}}




\par }\Chap{14}{\SHB The Lamb and the 144,000
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ εἶδον καὶ ἰδού,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:1 }{\FT{ιδου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d⅔,e}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP,TR ¦ 1 το
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d⅓,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} Ἀρνίον ἑστηκὸς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:1 }{\FT{εστηκος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e¼,f,gpt,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ εστηκως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt,i⅓}} ¦ εστος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt}} ℵA,C,NU ¦ εστως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,dpt,e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}} ἐπὶ τὸ Ὄρος Σιών, καὶ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:1 }{\FT{αυτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 αριθμος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,f,g,i}} RP,HF}}} ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:1 }{\FT{εκατον τεσσαρακοντα τεσσαρες
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,c⅛,d⅓,ept,g,h⅔,i⅓}} CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ 1 τεσσερακοντα 3 ℵA,C,NU ¦ ρμδ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,d⅔,ept,f,h⅓,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}HF (A similar statement obtains in verse 3 below.)}}} χιλιάδες, ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:1 }{\FT{το ονομα αυτου και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν.

\VS{2}Καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῆς μεγάλης· καὶ ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ὡς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:2 }{\FT{η φωνη ην ηκουσα ως
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅙,f,g,h,i⅔}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ φωνην 4
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},TR ¦ φωνην 45
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}}}}} κιθαρῳδῶν κιθαριζόντων ἐν ταῖς κιθάραις αὐτῶν.

\VS{3}Καὶ ᾄδουσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:3 }{\FT{αδουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,h⅔,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ 1 ως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,h⅓}} A,C[NU]TR}}} ᾠδὴν καινὴν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου, καὶ ἐνώπιον τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων· καὶ οὐδεὶς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:3 }{\FT{ουδεις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ουδε εις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,f⅓,i⅓}} ¦ ουδις C}}} ἐδύνατο\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:3 }{\FT{εδυνατο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,f,g,h⅖,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ηδυνατο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,d,e,h⅗,i⅓}} TR}}} μαθεῖν τὴν ᾠδὴν εἰ μὴ αἱ ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες, οἱ ἠγορασμένοι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς.

\VS{4}Οὗτοί εἰσιν οἳ μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν, παρθένοι γάρ εἰσιν. Οὗτοί εἰσιν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:4 }{\FT{εισιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅓,e⅓,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e⅔,h}} ℵA,C,NU}}} οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ Ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:4 }{\FT{αν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,b,d,e,h,i⅓}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ εαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,i⅔}} HF}}} ὑπάγῃ. Οὗτοι ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:4 }{\FT{υπο ιησου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀπαρχὴ τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ.

\VS{5}Καὶ ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:5 }{\FT{εν τω στοματι αυτων ουχ ευρεθη ψευδος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,gpt,h,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP(TR)NU ¦ ~ 5612347
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,i⅔}} RP,HF ¦ ~ 5671234 OC}}}{\SUP{,}}\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:5 }{\FT{ψευδος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ δολος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} TR}}} ἄμωμοι γάρ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:5 }{\FT{γαρ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} A,C,NU}}} εἰσιν.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:5 }{\FT{εισιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ενωπιον του θρονου του θεου TR}}}


\par }{\SHB Three angels
\par }
{\PP \VS{6}Καὶ εἶδον ἄλλον ἄγγελον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:6 }{\FT{αλλον αγγελον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b¼,d⅔,h⅗}} A,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d⅓,e,f,g,h⅖,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,RP,HF}}} πετόμενον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:6 }{\FT{πετομενον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ πετωμενον TR ¦ πεταμενον ℵ}}} ἐν μεσουρανήματι, ἔχοντα εὐαγγέλιον αἰώνιον εὐαγγελίσασθαι\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:6 }{\FT{ευαγγελισασθαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,h⅖}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}(ℵ)CP ¦ ευαγγελισαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e,f,g,h⅗,i}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR}}} τοὺς καθημένους\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:6 }{\FT{τους καθημενους
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅕,f,g,h⅖,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ επι 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,h⅗}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵC,OC,NU ¦ 1 κατοικουντας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅙}} TR ¦ επι 1 κατοικουντας A ¦ κατοικουντας 𝕻{\SUP{115}} ¦ 121 κατοικουντας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅗}} [Now there is a proper conflation!]}}} ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς—καὶ ἐπὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:6 }{\FT{επι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept}} TR}}} πᾶν ἔθνος καὶ φυλὴν καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ λαόν—

\VS{7}λέγων\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:7 }{\FT{λεγων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ λεγοντα 𝕻{\SUP{47}}[+14 mss]TR ¦ λεγον [4 mss] ¦ — ℵ}}} ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, «Φοβήθητε τὸν Θεὸν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:7 }{\FT{θεον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,NU,TR ¦ κυριον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i}} RP,HF,OC}}} καὶ δότε αὐτῷ δόξαν, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ προσκυνήσατε τῷ ποιήσαντι\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:7 }{\FT{τω ποιησαντι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ αυτω 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}} ¦ αυτον τον ποιησαντα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,f,i}} RP,HF}}} τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:7 }{\FT{την
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓,h⅓}} A,C,NU,TR}}} θάλασσαν καὶ πηγὰς ὑδάτων.»


\par }{\PP \VS{8}Καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος, δεύτερος,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:8 }{\FT{αγγελος δευτερος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅗,h⅓,i⅖}} (C)CP,NU ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e2/7,f,g,h⅓,i⅗}} A,RP,HF,OC ¦ 1 TR ¦ 2 (β΄ 𝕻{\SUP{47}})
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} ℵ}}} ἠκολούθησεν λέγων· «Ἔπεσεν, ἔπεσεν,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:8 }{\FT{επεσεν επεσεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,hpt,i¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ επεσεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅕,e¼,f,g,hpt,i}} C,RP,HF (An easy case of homoioteleuton, or -arcton, or both.)}}} Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:8 }{\FT{βαβυλων η μεγαλη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 231
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ 12 πολις 23 TR}}} ἐκ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:8 }{\FT{εκ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅖,f,g,h⅕,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP,RP,HF ¦ η 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,h}} A,C,OC,NU ¦ οτι 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅗,i¼}} TR}}} τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:8 }{\FT{αυτης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d2/7,e,fpt,g⅓,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ ταυτης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,fpt,g⅔,i⅕}} ¦ 1 ης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}}}}} πεπότικεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη.»\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:8 }{\FT{παντα τα εθνη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 231
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}} ¦ 13 OC,TR}}}


\par }{\PP \VS{9}Καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος, τρίτος,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:9 }{\FT{αλλος αγγελος τριτος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 132
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ ~ 32 TR}}} ἠκολούθησεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ· «Εἴ τις προσκυνεῖ τὸ Θηρίον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:9 }{\FT{προσκυνει το θηριον (ℵ)
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 231
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR ¦ 1 τω θηριω C ¦ 12 θυσιαστηριον A}}} καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ λαμβάνει\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:9 }{\FT{λαμβανει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d⅕,e,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,NU,TR ¦ 1 το
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,h¼,i⅕}} OC}}} χάραγμα ἐπὶ τοῦ μετώπου αὐτοῦ ἢ ἐπὶ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ,

\VS{10}καὶ αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ. Καὶ βασανισθήσεται ἐν πυρὶ καὶ θείῳ ἐνώπιον τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:10 }{\FT{των αγιων αγγελων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 32
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔,h}} ℵC,NU ¦ 13 A}}} καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Ἀρνίου.»

\VS{11}Καὶ ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων ἀναβαίνει·\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:11 }{\FT{εις αιωνας αιωνων αναβαινει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,fpt,h⅗(⅖),i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}(ℵ)A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ~ 4123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}} TR ¦ 1 αιωνα 34
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,e¼,fpt,g⅓}} ¦ 1 αιωνα αιωνος 4
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅕}} C ¦ 1 αιωνα αιωνων αναβαινων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}}}}} καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, οἱ προσκυνοῦντες τὸ Θηρίον καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἴ τις λαμβάνει τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ.


\par }{\PP \VS{12}Ὧδε ἡ
\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:12 }{\FT{η
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{f⅓,g¼}} CP,TR}}} ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν, ὧδε\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:12 }{\FT{ωδε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}(ℵ)A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} οἱ τηροῦντες τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:12 }{\FT{του ιησου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} CP ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ 2 χριστου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} (του receives votes from four other groups, but they add up to only 12 MSS; it preserves the symmetry in the verse—each genitive noun is preceded by an article.)}}}

\VS{13}Καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λεγούσης μοι,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:13 }{\FT{μοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅗,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅖,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}(ℵ)A(C)RP,HF,OC,NU}}} «Γράψον· ‹Μακάριοι οἱ νεκροί, οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνήσκοντες ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι› (λέγει «Ναὶ»\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:13 }{\FT{λεγει ναι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,g⅓,h,ipt}} A,C,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ}}} τὸ Πνεῦμα), ‹ἵνα ἀναπαύσωνται\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:13 }{\FT{αναπαυσωνται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,ept,f,h,ipt}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ αναπαυσονται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅕,d2/7,ept,g,ipt}} C ¦ αναπαησονται 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,NU,[no cursives]}}} ἐκ τῶν κόπων αὐτῶν, τὰ δὲ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:13 }{\FT{δε
{\IT{rell}} ¦ γαρ 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,NU}}} ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ᾿ αὐτῶν.› »


\par }{\SHB The earth is harvested
\par }
{\PP \VS{14}Καὶ εἶδον καὶ ἰδού, νεφέλη λευκή, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν νεφέλην καθήμενος ὅμοιος\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:14 }{\FT{καθημενος ομοιος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e⅔,g,ipt}} CP,OC,TR ¦ καθημενον ομοιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅔,f,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,NU ¦ καθημενος ομοιον 𝕻{\SUP{47}} (There are some seven further variants, which is why the numbers don’t all add up; 𝕻{\SUP{47}} would appear to have a rather early conflation; I take it that the grammar calls for the nominative.)}}} υἱῷ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:14 }{\FT{υιω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,dpt,e⅔,f⅔,g,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}C,CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ υιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,dpt,f⅓,ipt}} ℵA,HF,NU ¦ υιος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}}}}} ἀνθρώπου, ἔχων ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ στέφανον χρυσοῦν, καὶ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ δρέπανον ὀξύ.

\VS{15}Καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:15 }{\FT{ναου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,h⅔,ipt}} A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ ουρανου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,ipt}} ¦ 1 αυτου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} ℵ}}} κράζων ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:15 }{\FT{εν φωνη μεγαλη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 132 TR ¦ 23 𝕻{\SUP{47}}}}} τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῆς νεφέλης, «Πέμψον τὸ δρέπανόν σου καὶ θέρισον, ὅτι ἦλθεν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:15 }{\FT{ηλθεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅔,e⅖,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 σου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e⅗}} ¦ 1 σοι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}} TR}}} ἡ ὥρα τοῦ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:15 }{\FT{του
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,e⅓,h,i⅓}} ℵ,CP,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,d,e⅔,f,g,i⅔}} A,C,RP,HF,NU (OC is in small print.)}}} θερίσαι, ὅτι ἐξηράνθη ὁ θερισμὸς τῆς γῆς.»

\VS{16}Καὶ ἔβαλεν ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τὴν νεφέλην\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:16 }{\FT{την νεφελην
{\IT{rell}} ¦ τη νεφελη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,g¼}} ¦ της νεφελης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt,i⅓}} ℵA,NU}}} τὸ δρέπανον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ.


\par }{\PP \VS{17}Καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ (τοῦ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ), ἔχων καὶ αὐτὸς δρέπανον ὀξύ.

\VS{18}Καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἐξῆλθεν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:18 }{\FT{εξηλθεν
{\IT{rell}} [NU] ¦ — 𝕻{\SUP{47v}},A}}} ἐκ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου (ἔχων\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:18 }{\FT{εχων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ο 1 A,C[NU]}}} ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός), καὶ ἐφώνησεν κραυγῇ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:18 }{\FT{κραυγη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,d,e,f¼,i⅓}} (𝕻{\SUP{47}})C,CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ εν 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,e⅕,f,g,i⅔}} HF ¦ φωνη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h}} ℵA,NU}}} μεγάλῃ τῷ ἔχοντι τὸ δρέπανον τὸ ὀξὺ λέγων, «Πέμψον σου τὸ δρέπανον τὸ ὀξὺ καὶ τρύγησον τοὺς βότρυας τῆς ἀμπέλου τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἤκμασαν αἱ σταφυλαὶ αὐτῆς.»\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:18 }{\FT{ηκμασαν αι σταφυλαι αυτης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ(A)C,CP,RP,NU,TR ¦ ηκμασεν η σταφυλη της γης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,ipt}} HF,OC ¦ 123 της γης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}}}}}

\VS{19}Καὶ ἔβαλεν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 14:19 }{\FT{εβαλεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,g⅔,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ εξεβαλεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g⅓,ipt}} HF}}} ὁ ἄγγελος τὸ δρέπανον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν καὶ ἐτρύγησεν τὴν ἄμπελον τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸν μέγαν.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 14:19 }{\FT{του θυμου του Θεου τον μεγαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅗,f,h⅕,i⅔}} (A)C,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ 1234 την μεγαλην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{c⅕,d,e⅖,g,h⅔}} ℵ,OC,TR ¦ ~ 561234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ 1234 του μεγαλου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{i¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}} (Is ‘the great’ modifying ‘wrath’ or ‘wine-press’?)}}}

\VS{20}Καὶ ἐπατήθη ἡ ληνὸς ἔξωθεν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 14:20 }{\FT{εξωθεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅗,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ εξω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g¼,h⅖,ipt}} ℵ,OC,TR}}} τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αἷμα ἐκ τῆς ληνοῦ ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων, ἀπὸ σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 14:20 }{\FT{χιλιων εξακοσιων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅖,b,d⅕,ept,g,h⅔,i}} (𝕻{\SUP{47}})A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ αχ΄
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,ept,f,h⅓}} ¦ αχς΄
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ 1 διακοσιων ℵ}}}




\par }\Chap{15}{\SH Here come the bowls!
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ εἶδον ἄλλο σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν· ἀγγέλους ἑπτὰ ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ τὰς ἐσχάτας, ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ.


\par }{\SHB The song of the victors
\par }
{\PP \VS{2}Καὶ εἶδον ὡς θάλασσαν ὑελίνην\FTNT{*}{{\FR 15:2 }{\FT{υελινην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b¼,d⅕,ept,f¼,hpt,i¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP ¦ υαλινην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,d,ept,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (Hellenistic or Attic, which?)}}} μεμιγμένην πυρί, καὶ τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ Θηρίου καὶ ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος\FTNT{†}{{\FR 15:2 }{\FT{του θηριου και εκ της εικονος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h⅖,ipt}} A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ 12356
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g,h2/7}} 𝕻{\SUP{47v}}ℵ ¦ ~ 563412
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,h2/7,ipt}}}}} αὐτοῦ καὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 15:2 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt(pt),h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47v}}A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 εκ του χαραγματος αυτου 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,f⅕,ipt}} ¦ 1 εκ του χαραγματος αυτου TR}}} ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ ἑστῶτας ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν ὑελίνην,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 15:2 }{\FT{υελινην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b¼,d⅕,ept,f⅕,g⅔,hpt,i¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47v}},CP ¦ υαλινην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,d,ept,f,g⅓,hpt,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR}}} ἔχοντας κιθάρας\FTNT{*}{{\FR 15:2 }{\FT{κιθαρας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,d,e,f¼,h,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,NU,TR ¦ τας 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,f,g,h¼,ipt}} HF,OC (OC is in small print.)}}} τοῦ Θεοῦ.

\VS{3}Καὶ ᾄδουσιν τὴν ᾠδὴν Μωϋσέος,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 15:3 }{\FT{μωυσεος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,d⅕,f¼,h¼}} CP ¦ μωυσεως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,e⅔,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ μωσεως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},TR}}} τοῦ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 15:3 }{\FT{του
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,g,i¼}} TR}}} δούλου τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν ᾠδὴν τοῦ Ἀρνίου, λέγοντες· «Μεγάλα καὶ θαυμαστὰ τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε, ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Παντοκράτωρ· δίκαιαι καὶ ἀληθιναὶ αἱ ὁδοί σου, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν ἐθνῶν.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 15:3 }{\FT{εθνων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,hpt,i}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ αιωνων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵC ¦ αγιων TR (Some modern versions follow the middle reading, an alteration dating to the 2{\SUP{nd}} century—‘king of the nations’ would definitely not be politically correct in the Roman empire in those early centuries.)}}}

\VS{4}Τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ σε,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 15:4 }{\FT{ου μη φοβηθη σε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅕,e⅕,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,TR ¦ 123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅓,i⅕}} A,C,OC,NU ¦ ~ 4123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅖}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ ~ 413
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} ℵ}}} Κύριε, καὶ δοξάσῃ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 15:4 }{\FT{δοξαση
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b⅔,d2/7,ept,g⅓,h⅔,i⅓}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ δοξασει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b⅓,d,ept,f,g⅔,h⅓,i⅔}} (𝕻{\SUP{47}})A,C,NU}}} τὸ ὄνομά σου; Ὅτι μόνος ἅγιος εἶ·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 15:4 }{\FT{αγιος ει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼,i⅓}} CP ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e(¼)f,g,ipt}} RP,HF ¦ 2 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ οσιος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR (αγιος ει has slight support from four other families as well; the verb, before or after the adjective, is supported by
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅑,e⅓,hpt,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}; being the song of Moses and the Lamb, both Jews, we should presumably expect the fuller form.)}}} ὅτι πάντα τὰ ἔθνη\FTNT{§}{{\FR 15:4 }{\FT{παντα τα εθνη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,f⅕,h,i¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ παντες
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i}} HF}}} ἥξουσιν καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιόν σου, ὅτι τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐφανερώθησαν.»


\par }{\SHB The angels are commissioned
\par }
{\PP \VS{5}Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἶδον, καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 15:5 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ιδου TR}}} ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ.

\VS{6}Καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι, οἱ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 15:6 }{\FT{οι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,h¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,TR}}} ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ πληγάς, ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 15:6 }{\FT{εκ του ουρανου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} CP ¦ 12 ναου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,g,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,i}} HF (At first glance the context seems to call for ναου; so much so that if ουρανου were original some might have omitted while others made the obvious change—if ναου were original, why would anyone omit or change? On the other hand, there are at least three heavens, 2 Cor. 12:2, and they may have come out of the third, into the second. This is the only mention of the tabernacle of the testimony in Revelation, so the throne of God wasn’t there and none of the action related by John up to this point took place there—there have been several references to the temple, with angels coming out of it, but I doubt that temple and tabernacle are to be equated.)}}} οἳ ἦσαν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 15:6 }{\FT{οι ησαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅖,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅗,h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,NU,TR}}} ἐνδεδυμένοι λίνον καθαρὸν λαμπρὸν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 15:6 }{\FT{λινον καθαρον λαμπρον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ λινουν 23 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ ~ καθαρους λινους λαμπρους ℵ ¦ λιθον 23 A,C ¦ 12 και 3 TR}}} καὶ περιεζωσμένοι περὶ τὰ στήθη ζώνας χρυσᾶς.

\VS{7}Καὶ ἓν ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων ἔδωκεν τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλοις ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῶντος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων.

\VS{8}Καὶ ἐγεμίσθη ὁ ναὸς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 15:8 }{\FT{ναος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,NU,TR ¦ 1 εκ του
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f⅔(⅓),ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47v}},HF,OC}}} καπνοῦ ἐκ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἠδύνατο\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 15:8 }{\FT{ηδυνατο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,b,d,e,g⅕,h⅗,ipt}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ εδυνατο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅙,f,g,h⅖,ipt}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU (Both spellings are known since classical times and apparently don’t affect the sense.)}}} εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν ναὸν ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 15:8 }{\FT{των
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e}} CP ¦ 1 επτα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR}}} ἀγγέλων.




\Chap{16}\VerseOne{1}Καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς μεγάλης\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:1 }{\FT{φωνης μεγαλης
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f⅔,h⅓}} A,C,OC,NU}}} ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:1 }{\FT{εκ του ναου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h,i⅓}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,i⅔}}}}} λεγούσης τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλοις, «Ὑπάγετε,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:1 }{\FT{υπαγετε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,d,ept,g,i⅖}} CP ¦ 1 και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,h,i⅗}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR}}} ἐκχέατε τὰς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:1 }{\FT{τας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,i⅕}} CP,TR ¦ 1 επτα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e2/7,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν.»


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{first}} bowl
\par }
{\PP \VS{2}Καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ πρῶτος\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:2 }{\FT{πρωτος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 αγγελος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d}}}}} καὶ ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:2 }{\FT{επι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅕,i⅓}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ εις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐγένετο ἕλκος κακὸν καὶ πονηρὸν εἰς\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:2 }{\FT{εις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ επι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ἔχοντας τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ Θηρίου καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας τῇ εἰκόνι αὐτοῦ.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:2 }{\FT{τους προσκυνουντας τη εικονι αυτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 2345
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,g⅓(⅔)}} ¦ ~ 13452 TR ¦ 12 την εικονα 5
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} ℵ ¦ ~ 1 την εικονα 25
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}}}}}


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{second}} bowl
\par }
{\PP \VS{3}Καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:3 }{\FT{αγγελος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} A,C,NU}}} ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἐγένετο αἷμα, ὡς νεκροῦ· καὶ πᾶσα ψυχὴ ζῶσα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:3 }{\FT{ζωσα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h⅔,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ ζωης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} (A)C,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,i⅔}} HF}}} ἀπέθανεν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:3 }{\FT{απεθανεν εν τη θαλασση
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 2341
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}} ¦ απεθανον 234 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ 1 επι της θαλασσης ℵ ¦ 1 τα 234 A,C,NU}}}


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{third}} bowl
\par }
{\PP \VS{4}Καὶ ὁ τρίτος ἄγγελος\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:4 }{\FT{αγγελος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h⅓,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h⅔,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:4 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅓,h}} ℵA,C,CP,NU ¦ 1 εις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅕,e⅔,f,g,i}} RP,HF,OC,TR}}} τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων, καὶ ἐγένετο αἷμα.

\VS{5}Καὶ ἤκουσα τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων λέγοντος· «Δίκαιος\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:5 }{\FT{δικαιος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 κυριε TR}}} εἶ, ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν, ὁ
\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:5 }{\FT{ο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,d,ept,fpt,h¼,i¼}} ℵ,CP,RP,OC,NU ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e¼,h¼,i¼}} TR ¦ και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅙,h¼,i⅓}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,fpt,g,h⅕}} A,C,HF}}} Ὅσιος, ὅτι ταῦτα ἔκρινας.

\VS{6}Ὅτι αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν, καὶ αἷμα αὐτοῖς ἔδωκας\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:6 }{\FT{αυτοις εδωκας
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 21 ℵ ¦ 1 δεδωκας A,C[NU]}}} πιεῖν. Ἄξιοί\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:6 }{\FT{αξιοι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 γαρ TR ¦ οπερ 1 ℵ}}} εἰσιν.»

\VS{7}Καὶ ἤκουσα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:7 }{\FT{ηκουσα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 εκ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} CP ¦ 1 αλλου εκ TR}}} τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέγοντος· «Ναί, Κύριε ὁ Θεός, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ, ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι αἱ κρίσεις σου.»


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{fourth}} bowl
\par }
{\PP \VS{8}Καὶ ὁ τέταρτος ἄγγελος\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:8 }{\FT{αγγελος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,hpt,ipt}} ℵ,CP,RP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,hpt,ipt}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,HF,OC,NU}}} ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυματίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐν πυρί.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:8 }{\FT{τους ανθρωπους εν πυρι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g⅕,h,i⅖}} A,C,CP,NU,TR ¦ 124 ℵ ¦ ~ 3412
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,i⅗}} RP,HF,OC}}}

\VS{9}Καὶ ἐκαυματίσθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καῦμα μέγα, καὶ ἐβλασφήμησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:9 }{\FT{οι ανθρωποι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i⅓}} ℵA,C,NU,TR}}} τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἔχοντος τὴν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:9 }{\FT{την
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,ept,f⅓,h⅓,i⅓}} ℵA,CP,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,ept,f⅔,g,h⅔,i⅔}} C,RP,HF,OC,TR}}} ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας. Καὶ οὐ μετενόησαν δοῦναι αὐτῷ δόξαν.


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{fifth}} bowl
\par }
{\PP \VS{10}Καὶ ὁ πέμπτος ἄγγελος\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:10 }{\FT{αγγελος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h⅓,i¼}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h⅔,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον τοῦ Θηρίου, καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτωμένη· καὶ ἐμασῶντο\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:10 }{\FT{εμασωντο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,dpt,e⅓,fpt,g⅔,h⅔,ipt}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ εμασσωντο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,dpt,e⅔,fpt,g⅓,h⅓,ipt}} CP,TR}}} τὰς γλώσσας αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ πόνου.

\VS{11}Καὶ ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸν Θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐκ τῶν πόνων αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἑλκῶν αὐτῶν· καὶ οὐ μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν.


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{sixth}} bowl
\par }
{\PP \VS{12}Καὶ ὁ ἕκτος ἄγγελος\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:12 }{\FT{αγγελος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅗,gpt,h⅓,i¼}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅖,f,gpt,h⅔,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:12 }{\FT{την φιαλην αυτου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,f,g⅔}}}}} ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν μέγαν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:12 }{\FT{μεγαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅖,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 τον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅗,hpt,i¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,C,OC,NU,TR (OC is in small print.)}}} Εὐφράτην, καὶ ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ἑτοιμασθῇ ἡ ὁδὸς τῶν βασιλέων τῶν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:12 }{\FT{ανατολων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e⅗}} A,CP,TR ¦ ανατολης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅖,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵC,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἡλίου.

\VS{13}Καὶ εἶδον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ δράκοντος καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ Θηρίου καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ Ψευδοπροφήτου πνεύματα τρία ἀκάθαρτα,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:13 }{\FT{τρια ακαθαρτα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h,i⅕}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,h⅕,i}} RP,HF ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}}}}} ὡς βάτραχοι.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:13 }{\FT{ως βατραχοι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ομοια βατραχοις C,TR ¦ ωσει βατραχους 𝕻{\SUP{47}} ¦ ειωσει βατραχους ℵ ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}}}}}

\VS{14}Εἰσὶν γὰρ πνεύματα δαιμόνων\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:14 }{\FT{δαιμονων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,i¼}} CP,TR ¦ δαιμονιων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ποιοῦντα σημεῖα, ἃ ἐκπορεύεται\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:14 }{\FT{α εκπορευεται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅕,e⅓,f,hpt,ipt}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 εκπορευονται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g,i¼}} ¦ εκπορευεσθαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,hpt,i⅕}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵ,TR}}} ἐπὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:14 }{\FT{βασιλεις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 της γης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ 1 της γης και TR}}} τῆς οἰκουμένης ὅλης, συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:14 }{\FT{τον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},TR}}} πόλεμον τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης τῆς μεγάλης\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:14 }{\FT{της ημερας εκεινης της μεγαλης
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1245 ℵ,NU ¦ ~ 452 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A}}} τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος.

\VS{15}(«Ἰδού, ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης. Μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ καὶ βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ.»)

\VS{16}Καὶ συνήγαγεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον Ἑβραϊστὶ Ἀρμαγεδών.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:16 }{\FT{αρμαγεδων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d¼,e⅔,g,h⅔,ipt}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU ¦ αρμαγεδδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} TR ¦ μαγεδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d⅗,f,ipt}} HF ¦ μαγεδδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}}}}}


\par }{\SHB The
{\ND{seventh}} bowl
\par }
{\PP \VS{17}Καὶ ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:17 }{\FT{αγγελος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,b,d,e,h⅕,i¼}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h,i}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ εἰς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:17 }{\FT{εις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,d,e,h¼,i¼}} CP,TR ¦ επι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} τὸν ἀέρα, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ μεγάλη ἀπὸ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:17 }{\FT{απο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εκ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h,ipt}} ℵA,OC,NU}}} τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:17 }{\FT{του ναου του ουρανου απο του θρονου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,ipt}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ 34567
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,ipt}} ¦ 12567
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h}} 𝕻{\SUP{47v}}A,0163{\SUP{v}}(NU) ¦ 123 θεου ℵ ¦ 676 θεου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕}}}}} λέγουσα, «Γέγονεν.»

\VS{18}Καὶ ἐγένοντο ἀστραπαὶ καὶ βρονταὶ καὶ φωναί·\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:18 }{\FT{αστραπαι και βρονται και φωναι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h¼,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}},CP,RP,HF ¦ 123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} ¦ ~ 14523
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,h,i⅓}} A,0163,OC,NU ¦ ~ 52341
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} TR ¦ ~ 3214523 ℵ}}} καὶ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο\FTNT{†}{{\FR 16:18 }{\FT{εγενετο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i}} RP,HF}}} μέγας, οἷος οὐκ ἐγένετο ἀφ᾿ οὗ οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐγένοντο\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 16:18 }{\FT{οι ανθρωποι εγενοντο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅗,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅖,h⅔,i¼}} ℵ ¦ ανθρωπος εγενετο A,NU ¦ εγενετο ανθρωπος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} ¦ ανθρωπος 3 𝕻{\SUP{47v}}}}} ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τηλικοῦτος σεισμός, οὕτως μέγας.

\VS{19}Καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη εἰς τρία μέρη, καὶ αἱ πόλεις τῶν ἐθνῶν ἔπεσον.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 16:19 }{\FT{επεσον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,d⅓,e⅔,f,h,i}} CP,RP,HF,TR ¦ επεσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,d⅔,e⅓,g,h¼}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}A,OC,NU ¦ επεσεν ℵ}}} Καὶ Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ.

\VS{20}Καὶ πᾶσα νῆσος ἔφυγεν, καὶ ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν.

\VS{21}Καὶ χάλαζα μεγάλη, ὡς ταλαντιαία, καταβαίνει ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. Καὶ ἐβλασφήμησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν Θεὸν ἐκ τῆς πληγῆς τῆς χαλάζης, ὅτι μεγάλη ἐστὶν ἡ πληγὴ αὐτῆς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 16:21 }{\FT{αυτης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,e,g⅓,h,i⅔}} 𝕻{\SUP{47v}}ℵA,C,CP,RP,NU,TR ¦ αυτη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,d,e¼,f,g⅔,h¼,i⅓}} HF,OC}}} σφόδρα.




\par }\Chap{17}{\SH About Babylon
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ ἦλθεν εἷς ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόντων τὰς ἑπτὰ φιάλας καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ λέγων,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:1 }{\FT{λεγων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,h,i}} 𝕻{\SUP{47}}ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 μοι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e}} TR}}} «Δεῦρο, δείξω σοι τὸ κρῖμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης τῆς καθημένης ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων τῶν πολλῶν,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:1 }{\FT{των υδατων των πολλων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,TR ¦ 234 𝕻{\SUP{47v}} ¦ 24
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,h}} ℵA,OC,NU}}}

\VS{2}μεθ᾿ ἧς ἐπόρνευσαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐμεθύσθησαν οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς.»\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:2 }{\FT{οι κατοικουντες την γην εκ του οινου της πορνειας αυτης (ℵ)
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 56789101234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} TR}}}


\par }{\SHB A woman and a beast
\par }
{\PP \VS{3}Καὶ ἀπήνεγκέν με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 17:3 }{\FT{εν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ τω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a}}}}} πνεύματι. Καὶ εἶδον γυναῖκα καθημένην ἐπὶ θηρίον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:3 }{\FT{θηριον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,bpt,d,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,NU,TR ¦ 1 το
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt}} HF ¦ το 1 το OC (OC is in small print.)}}} κόκκινον γέμον ὀνομάτων\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:3 }{\FT{γεμον ονοματων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅔,f,h⅕,i¼}} CP,TR ¦ 1 ονοματα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,g,hpt,i}} RP,HF,OC ¦ γεμοντα ονοματα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} ℵA[NU]}}} βλασφημίας, ἔχον\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:3 }{\FT{εχον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εχων A[+40 assorted mss]NU ¦ εχοντα ℵ}}} κεφαλὰς ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα.

\VS{4}Καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἦν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 17:4 }{\FT{ην
{\IT{rell}} ¦ η TR}}} περιβεβλημένη πορφύραν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:4 }{\FT{πορφυραν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f,i⅖}} CP ¦ πορφυρα TR ¦ πορφυρουν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,g,h,i⅗}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} καὶ κόκκινον,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:4 }{\FT{κοκκινον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ κοκκινω TR}}} κεχρυσωμένη\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:4 }{\FT{κεχρυσωμενη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅔,f,h¼,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ περικεχρυσωμενη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e⅓,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR}}} χρυσῷ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 17:4 }{\FT{χρυσω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i⅕}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ χρυσιω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅕,e⅕,f,g,h⅕,i}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ καὶ μαργαρίταις, ἔχουσα χρυσοῦν ποτήριον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:4 }{\FT{χρυσουν ποτηριον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,hpt,i⅕}} CP,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτῆς γέμον βδελυγμάτων καὶ τὰ ἀκάθαρτα τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:4 }{\FT{αυτης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,gpt,h⅗,ipt}} A,CP,RP,NU(TR) ¦ της γης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt,h⅖,ipt}} HF,OC (ℵ conflates both, which shows that the minuscule families are earlier.)}}}

\VS{5}Καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς ὄνομα γεγραμμένον·

\par }{\PC ΜΥΣΤΗΡΙΟΝ, ΒΑΒΥΛΩΝ Ἡ ΜΕΓΑΛΗ, Ἡ ΜΗΤΗΡ ΤΩΝ ΠΟΡΝΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΤΩΝ ΒΔΕΛΥΓΜΑΤΩΝ ΤΗΣ ΓΗΣ.


\par }{\PP \VS{6}Καὶ εἶδον τὴν γυναῖκα μεθύουσαν ἐκ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:6 }{\FT{εκ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,bpt,d,e,f⅕,gpt,h,i}} CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,gpt,h¼,i¼}} (ℵ)HF}}} τοῦ αἵματος τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 17:6 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d⅕,e,f⅕,gpt,h,i}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,(d),f,gpt,i⅕}} RP,HF}}} ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ. Καὶ ἐθαύμασα, ἰδὼν αὐτήν, θαῦμα μέγα.


\par }{\SHB The vision explained
\par }
{\PP \VS{7}Καὶ εἶπέν μοι ὁ ἄγγελος· «Διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας; Ἐγὼ σοι ἐρῶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:7 }{\FT{σοι ερω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅕,i¼}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} τὸ μυστήριον τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ τοῦ Θηρίου τοῦ βαστάζοντος αὐτήν, τοῦ ἔχοντος τὰς ἑπτὰ κεφαλὰς καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα.

\VS{8}Τὸ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:8 }{\FT{το
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} Θηρίον ὃ εἶδες ἦν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, καὶ μέλλει ἀναβαίνειν ἐκ τῆς Ἀβύσσου καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγειν.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:8 }{\FT{υπαγειν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ υπαγει A,NU}}} Καὶ θαυμάσονται\FTNT{§}{{\FR 17:8 }{\FT{θαυμασονται
{\IT{rell}} ¦ θαυμασθησονται A,NU}}} οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:8 }{\FT{επι της γης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f,gpt,h,i⅔}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ την γην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,e¼,gpt,i⅓}} HF}}} ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:8 }{\FT{τα ονοματα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f,gpt,h⅖,i⅔}} ℵ,CP,RP,TR ¦ το ονομα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,gpt,h⅗,i⅓}} A,HF,NU ¦ 1 ονομα OC}}} ἐπὶ τὸ Βιβλίον\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:8 }{\FT{επι το βιβλιον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d⅕,e,f,g⅕,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 του βιβλιου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,g,ipt}} HF ¦ εν βιβλω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ εν τω βιβλω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅖}}}}} τῆς Ζωῆς ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, βλέποντες\FTNT{§}{{\FR 17:8 }{\FT{βλεποντες
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,d⅕,e⅓,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ βλεποντων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅔,f,g,h,i⅔}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU (The subject is nominative.)}}} τὸ Θηρίον ὅτι ἦν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:8 }{\FT{το θηριον οτι ην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i⅓}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 3412
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,i⅔}} RP,HF}}} καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν καὶ παρέσται.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:8 }{\FT{και παρεσται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,h,i}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 παρεστιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,i⅕}} ¦ 1 παλιν παρεστε ℵ ¦ καιπερ εστιν TR}}}

\VS{9}Ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν· Αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:9 }{\FT{επτα ορη εισιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 231
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} TR ¦ ~ 213 OC}}} ὅπου ἡ γυνὴ κάθηται ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν.

\VS{10}Καὶ βασιλεῖς ἑπτά εἰσιν·\FTNT{§}{{\FR 17:10 }{\FT{επτα εισιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i⅔}} (ℵ)A,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i⅓}} RP,HF}}} οἱ πέντε ἔπεσον,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:10 }{\FT{επεσον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d⅓,e⅖,f,gpt,hpt,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ επεσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,d⅔,e⅗,gpt,hpt,i⅓}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR (The meaning is evidently the same, which may account for the widespread division [involving a single letter].)}}} ὁ
\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:10 }{\FT{ο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ και 1 TR}}} εἷς ἐστιν, ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν. Καὶ ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:10 }{\FT{αυτον δει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅗,h⅔}} A,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅖,f,g,h⅓,i}} RP,HF}}} μεῖναι.

\VS{11}Καὶ τὸ Θηρίον ὃ ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, καὶ αὐτὸς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 17:11 }{\FT{αυτος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f,h⅗,ipt}} A,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ουτος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,g,h⅖,ipt}} (ℵ)HF}}} ὄγδοός ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν, καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει.

\VS{12}Καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα ἃ εἶδες δέκα βασιλεῖς εἰσιν, οἵτινες βασιλείαν οὔπω ἔλαβον, ἀλλ᾿\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:12 }{\FT{αλλ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αλλα ℵA,NU}}} ἐξουσίαν ὡς βασιλεῖς μίαν ὥραν λαμβάνουσιν μετὰ τοῦ Θηρίου.

\VS{13}Οὗτοι μίαν γνώμην ἔχουσιν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:13 }{\FT{γνωμην εχουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,f⅕,h,i⅕}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅙,f,g,i}} RP,HF}}} καὶ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:13 }{\FT{την
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,bpt,d,e,f⅕,h⅖,ipt}} ℵ,CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,bpt,f,g,h⅗,ipt}} A,HF,NU}}} ἐξουσίαν αὐτῶν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 17:13 }{\FT{αυτων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εαυτων TR}}} τῷ Θηρίῳ διδόασιν.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:13 }{\FT{διδοασιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ δωσουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ δεδωκασιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} ¦ διαδιδωσουσιν TR}}}

\VS{14}Οὗτοι μετὰ τοῦ Ἀρνίου πολεμήσουσιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον νικήσει αὐτούς, ὅτι Κύριος κυρίων ἐστὶν καὶ Βασιλεὺς βασιλέων· καὶ οἱ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ κλητοὶ καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ καὶ πιστοί.»


\par }{\PP \VS{15}Καὶ λέγει μοι· «Τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι εἰσίν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι.

\VS{16}Καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα ἃ εἶδες, καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:16 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ επι TR}}} τὸ Θηρίον, οὗτοι μισήσουσιν τὴν πόρνην καὶ ἠρημωμένην\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:16 }{\FT{ηρημωμενην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅖,ept,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ ερημωμενην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d⅗,ept}}}}} ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνὴν ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 17:16 }{\FT{και γυμνην ποιησουσιν αυτην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,f,g,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e¼,h,ipt}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,e⅔}}}}} καὶ τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται καὶ αὐτὴν κατακαύσουσιν ἐν πυρί.

\VS{17}Ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι γνώμην μίαν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 17:17 }{\FT{και ποιησαι γνωμην μιαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,e⅙,f,g⅔,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ~ 12 (-σε ℵ) 43
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,g⅓,h⅗}} (ℵ)OC,NU,TR ¦ 123 αυτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,i⅕}} A}}} καὶ δοῦναι τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν τῷ Θηρίῳ, ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 17:17 }{\FT{τελεσθησονται οι λογοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,hpt}} ℵA,CP,NU ¦ τελεσθωσιν 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,hpt,i}} RP,HF,OC ¦ τελεσθη τα ρηματα TR}}} τοῦ Θεοῦ.

\VS{18}Καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἣν εἶδες ἔστιν ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν ἐπὶ τῶν βασιλέων τῆς\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 17:18 }{\FT{της
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,f,g⅕,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ επι 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,g⅓,i¼}} HF ¦ των επι 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}}}}} γῆς.»




\par }\Chap{18}{\SHB Her fall proclaimed
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:1 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,gpt,h⅓,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅙,f,gpt,h⅔,ipt}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} μετὰ ταῦτα εἶδον ἄλλον ἄγγελον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:1 }{\FT{αλλον αγγελον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,e⅕,f,i¼}} ¦ 2 TR}}} καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην, καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐφωτίσθη ἐκ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ.

\VS{2}Καὶ ἔκραξεν ἐν ἰσχυρᾷ φωνῇ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:2 }{\FT{εν ισχυρα φωνη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,hpt}} A,CP,OC,NU ¦ 123 μεγαλη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} ¦ 123 και μεγαλη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{i¼}} ¦ 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,b,d⅕,f,g⅕,h⅕,ipt}} ℵ,RP,HF ¦ 23 μεγαλη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} ¦ 23 και μεγαλη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} ¦ ισχυραν φωνην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,g,i⅕}} ¦ 1 ισχυι φωνη μεγαλη TR (The only real question is whether or not to read εν.)}}} λέγων· «Ἔπεσεν, ἔπεσεν,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:2 }{\FT{επεσεν επεσεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,gpt,h,i⅓}} A,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ επεσεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,gpt,i⅔}} ℵ,RP,HF (An easy case of homoioteleuton [or -arcton, or both]; since the result made good sense, there would be no need to question it.)}}} Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη, καὶ ἐγένετο κατοικητήριον δαιμόνων,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:2 }{\FT{δαιμονων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ δαιμονιων ℵA,OC,NU}}} καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς πνεύματος ἀκαθάρτου, καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου καὶ μεμισημένου.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:2 }{\FT{και φυλακη παντος ορνεου ακαθαρτου και μεμισημενου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,fpt,gpt,hpt,ipt}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ 123 θηριου 567 A ¦ 1234567123 θηριου 5
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt(⅓)}} ¦ 12345123 θηριου 567 [NU] ¦ 67
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,fpt,gpt,h¼,i⅕}}}}}

\VS{3}Ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ οἴνου\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:3 }{\FT{του θυμου του οινου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,i⅕}} CP ¦ ~ 3412
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,g,h,i}} ℵ,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ 12 A}}} τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς πέπωκεν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:3 }{\FT{πεπωκεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} CP,TR ¦ πεπωκασιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,f,h⅓,i⅓}} HF ¦ πεποτικεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ πεπτωκασιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,ept,g,hpt,ipt}} ℵ,RP ¦ πεπτωκαν A,C ¦ πεπωκαν OC,NU (For ‘drink’ we have
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,(d),ept,f,hpt,ipt}}; for ‘fall’ we have
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,ept,g,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,C.) (Two cursives, 1828 and 2329, save the reading of OC,NU from being a morphological ‘patchwork quilt’.)}}} πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς μετ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ οἱ ἔμποροι τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς ἐπλούτησαν.»


\par }{\PP \VS{4}Καὶ ἤκουσα ἄλλην φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ λέγουσαν· «Ἐξέλθετε\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:4 }{\FT{εξελθετε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,d⅔,e,h⅓,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ εξελθε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅔,ipt}} C,RP,HF,OC ¦ εξελθατε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓}} A,NU ¦ εξελθαται ℵ}}} ἐξ αὐτῆς, ὁ λαός μου,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:4 }{\FT{εξ αυτης ο λαος μου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 45
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} ¦ ~ 34512 ℵC,NU}}} ἵνα μὴ συγκοινωνήσητε ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν αὐτῆς ἵνα μὴ λάβητε·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:4 }{\FT{και εκ των πληγων αυτης ινα μη λαβητε (λαβηται ℵC; βλαβητε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}})
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅔,ept,f,g,h,i}} (ℵ)A(C)CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ ~ 16782345 TR ¦ ~ 16234578 OC ¦ 678
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e¼}}}}}

\VS{5}ὅτι ἐκολλήθησαν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:5 }{\FT{εκολληθησαν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ηκολουθησαν TR}}} αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἐμνημόνευσεν αὐτῆς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:5 }{\FT{αυτης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,bpt,i⅓}} CP,HF ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,bpt,d,e,f,g,h,i⅔}} ℵA,C,RP,OC,NU,TR (The pronoun seemed awkward or redundant.)}}} ὁ Θεὸς τὰ ἀδικήματα αὐτῆς.

\VS{6}Ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν ὑμῖν,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:6 }{\FT{υμιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,f,g¼,i⅓}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,g,h,i⅔}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} καὶ διπλώσατε αὐτῇ διπλᾶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:6 }{\FT{αυτη (αυτα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}}) διπλα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,f,g,hpt,i⅔}} CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ τα 2 ℵ(C)NU ¦ τα 2 ως και 1 και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e¼,i⅓}} HF ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} A}}} κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῆς· ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:6 }{\FT{ποτηριω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,bpt,d,e,f,gpt,h⅔,i⅔}} A,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 αυτης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,e¼,gpt,h⅓,i⅓}} ℵ,HF}}} ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν.

\VS{7}Ὅσα ἐδόξασεν ἑαυτὴν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:7 }{\FT{εαυτην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,b,d,e⅔,f,g⅓,h,i}} CP,OC,TR ¦ αυτην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,f⅕,g⅔,h¼,i¼}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,NU}}} καὶ ἐστρηνίασεν, τοσοῦτον δότε αὐτῇ βασανισμόν·\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:7 }{\FT{βασανισμον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} CP ¦ 1 και πενθος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,ept,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (The woman’s statement, immediately below, may have suggested the phrase.)}}} ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει ὅτι\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:7 }{\FT{οτι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,g}} TR}}} ‹Κάθημαι\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:7 }{\FT{καθημαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a2/7,d,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,NU,TR ¦ εγω 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ 1 καθω OC ¦ καθως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a}} (OC is in small print.)}}} βασίλισσα, καὶ χήρα οὐκ εἰμί, καὶ πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω.›

\VS{8}Διὰ τοῦτο ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ἥξουσιν αἱ πληγαὶ αὐτῆς—θάνατος καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:8 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,ipt}} HF}}} πένθος καὶ λιμός—καὶ ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται· ὅτι ἰσχυρὸς Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ κρίνας\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:8 }{\FT{κρινας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,e⅔,g,h,i⅔}} (ℵ)(A)C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ κρινων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,e⅓,f,i⅓}} TR ¦ παντοκρατωρ ο κρινων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}}}}} αὐτήν.


\par }{\SHB Her fall lamented
\par }
{\PP \VS{9}»Καὶ κλαύσουσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:9 }{\FT{κλαυσουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,ipt}} C,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ 1 αυτην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅓}} OC ¦ κλαυσονται αυτην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} TR ¦ κλαυσονται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,i¼}} ℵA}}} καὶ κόψονται ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:9 }{\FT{αυτην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅙,f,g⅔,i}} ℵC,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ αυτη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g⅓,h}} A,OC,TR}}} οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς οἱ μετ᾿ αὐτῆς πορνεύσαντες καὶ στρηνιάσαντες, ὅταν βλέπωσιν τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώσεως αὐτῆς,

\VS{10}ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἑστηκότες διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς, λέγοντες· ‹Οὐαί, οὐαί,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:10 }{\FT{ουαι ουαι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ουαι ουαι ουαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ ουαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}}}}} ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη Βαβυλών, ἡ πόλις ἡ ἰσχυρά, ὅτι μιᾷ ὥρᾳ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:10 }{\FT{μια ωρα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ μιαν ωραν A ¦ εν 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,hpt}} TR}}} ἦλθεν ἡ κρίσις σου.›


\par }{\PP \VS{11}»Καὶ οἱ ἔμποροι τῆς γῆς κλαίουσιν καὶ πενθοῦσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:11 }{\FT{κλαιουσιν (κλεουσιν C) και πενθουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,h}} ℵA(C)CP,NU,TR ¦ κλαυσουσιν 2 πενθησουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g⅓,i}} RP,HF,OC ¦ κλαυσονται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d¼}} ¦ κλαυσουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕}} ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,g⅔}}}}} ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:11 }{\FT{επ αυτη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,e¼,f,gpt,h,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ εν 2 A ¦ 1 αυτην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅓,gpt,i⅕}} ℵC,NU ¦ εφ εαυτους
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ εφ εαυτοις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅖}} ¦ εν εαυτοις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ four further readings}}} ὅτι τὸν γόμον αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἀγοράζει οὐκέτι·

\VS{12}γόμον χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου, καὶ λίθου τιμίου καὶ μαργαρίτου,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:12 }{\FT{μαργαριτου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ μαργαριτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,hpt}} ℵ,NU ¦ μαργαριτας C ¦ μαργαριταις A}}} καὶ βύσσου\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:12 }{\FT{βυσσου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ βυσσινου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,ipt}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ βυσσινων ℵ}}} καὶ πορφυροῦ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:12 }{\FT{και πορφυρου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅔,f,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 πορφυρας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e⅓,g,h,ipt}} ℵC,OC,NU,TR ¦ — A (The use of the adjective as a noun was not appreciated, but it preserves the effect of a sequence of ου.)}}} καὶ σηρικοῦ καὶ κοκκίνου,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:12 }{\FT{σηρικου και κοκκινου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ σιρικου 23 ℵA,C,NU ¦ ~ 32 συρικου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}}}}} καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιμιωτάτου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μαρμάρου,

\VS{13}καὶ κινάμωμον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:13 }{\FT{κιναμωμον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,d,e⅔,fpt,g¼,h¼,i⅔}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ κινναμωμον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅕,e⅙,h¼}} A,C,NU ¦ κιναμωμου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,e⅙,fpt,g,hpt,i¼}}}}} καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:13 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d⅓,e,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF,TR ¦ 1 αμωμον 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d⅔,e¼,f¼,hpt,i¼}} ℵA,C,OC,NU}}} θυμιάματα καὶ μύρον καὶ λίβανον, καὶ οἶνον καὶ ἔλαιον καὶ σεμίδαλιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:13 }{\FT{οινον και ελαιον (ελεον C) και σεμιδαλιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,b⅕,d,e,h,ipt}} ℵA(C)CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 54123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅓}} ¦ ~ 32145
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,f,i¼}} ¦ 345
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,g,i⅕}}}}} καὶ σῖτον, καὶ κτήνη καὶ πρόβατα\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:13 }{\FT{κτηνη και προβατα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h}} ℵA,C,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 321
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i}} RP,HF}}} καὶ ἵππων καὶ ῥαιδῶν,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:13 }{\FT{ραιδων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,f,g,h,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ρεδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,d,e}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR}}} καὶ σωμάτων καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων.»

\VS{14}(‹Καί, ἡ ὀπώρα τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς σου\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:14 }{\FT{της επιθυμιας της ψυχης σου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 51234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} ℵA,C,NU ¦ 512345
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,h¼}}}}} ἀπῆλθεν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:14 }{\FT{απηλθεν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ απωλετο OC}}} ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ πάντα τὰ λιπαρὰ καὶ τὰ λαμπρὰ ἀπώλοντο\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:14 }{\FT{απωλοντο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,g,i¼}} ℵ,CP ¦ απωλετο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,h,i⅔}} A,C,RP,HF,NU ¦ απηλθεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,d,e}} OC,TR (The plural is presumably correct.)}}} ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ εὑρήσεις αὐτά.›)\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:14 }{\FT{ου μη ευρησεις αυτα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,i⅕}} CP ¦ ~ 1243 OC ¦ 12 ευρησης 4
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,ept,h⅖}} TR ¦ 12 ευρης 4
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,f(h⅓)i⅓}} ¦ 12 ευρησουσιν 4
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}} ¦ ~ 124 ευρησουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,h¼}} ℵA,NU ¦ ~ 412 ευρης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¾,e¼,gpt(pt)i⅓}} RP,HF ¦ ~ 412 ευρησουσιν C (The evidence for the word order is adequate [{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,bpt,d,e,f,hpt,ipt}}]; in vs 14 an unidentified speaker addresses Babylon, so the verb must be 2nd sing.; the plural forms support the indicative; although ου μη usually takes the subjunctive, on occasion it takes the volitive future when the certainty of the statement is being emphasized, as here.)}}}

\VS{15}«Οἱ ἔμποροι τούτων οἱ πλουτήσαντες ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν στήσονται διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:15 }{\FT{αυτης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,f,g¼,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,g}} HF}}} κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες

\VS{16}καὶ λέγοντες·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:16 }{\FT{και λεγοντες
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅖,b,d,ept,f¼,g⅓,h⅔,i}} CP,RP,HF,TR ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,f,h¼}} ℵA,C,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓,gpt}}}}} ‹Οὐαί, οὐαί,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:16 }{\FT{ουαι ουαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,f,gpt,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ ουαι ουαι ουαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ ουαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,gpt,ipt}}}}} ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:16 }{\FT{βυσσινον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,f,gpt,h,i⅓}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ βυσσον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅙,gpt,i⅔}} HF}}} καὶ πορφυροῦν καὶ κόκκινον, καὶ κεχρυσωμένη ἐν χρυσῷ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:16 }{\FT{εν χρυσω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h⅓}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ 1 χρυσιω C,OC[NU] ¦ χρυσιω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅓,i}} A,RP,HF ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}}}}} καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ καὶ μαργαρίταις·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:16 }{\FT{μαργαριταις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ μαργαριτη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} ℵA,C,NU}}}

\VS{17}ὅτι μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώθη ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος.›

\par }{\PP »Καὶ πᾶς κυβερνήτης καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν πλοίων πλέων\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:17 }{\FT{ο επι των πλοιων πλεων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅓,i⅓}} CP ¦ 2345
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,ept,f}} ¦ 234 ομιλος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ ~ 2341 ομιλος TR ¦ 12 τοπον 5
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,g,hpt,ipt}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 12 τον τοπον 5
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} ℵ (ο επι is the best attested, by far [{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}},{\BD{a}},{\BD{b}},{\BD{g}},{\BD{h}},{\BD{i}} ℵA,C against
{\BD{d}},{\BD{e}},{\BD{f}}]; των πλοιων has better attestation than τοπον; the sequence πλοιων πλεων presumably gave rise to evasive action.)}}}—καὶ ναῦται καὶ ὅσοι τὴν θάλασσαν ἐργάζονται—ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἔστησαν

\VS{18}καὶ ἔκραζον, βλέποντες\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:18 }{\FT{βλεποντες
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ορωντες TR}}} τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώσεως αὐτῆς λέγοντες, ‹Τίς ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ;›

\VS{19}Καὶ ἔβαλον χοῦν ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν καὶ ἔκραζον, κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:19 }{\FT{κλαιοντες και πενθουντες και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d⅕,e,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e⅕,h}} ℵC,OC,NU,TR ¦ — A}}} λέγοντες· ‹Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἐν ᾗ ἐπλούτησαν πάντες οἱ ἔχοντες τὰ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:19 }{\FT{τα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,e⅖,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e⅗,f}} TR}}} πλοῖα ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, ἐκ τῆς τιμιότητος αὐτῆς, ὅτι μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώθη.›


\par }{\SHB Her doom is final
\par }
{\PP \VS{20}»Εὐφραίνου ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:20 }{\FT{επ αυτη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d⅕,f,g,h,ipt}} ℵC,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 αυτην
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,bpt,d,e,h¼,i⅓}} TR ¦ εν 2 A}}} Οὐρανέ, καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι καὶ οἱ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:20 }{\FT{και οι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,h¼}} C,TR}}} ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ προφῆται, ὅτι ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρῖμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς.»

\VS{21}Καὶ ἦρεν εἷς ἄγγελος ἰσχυρὸς λίθον ὡς μύλον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:21 }{\FT{μυλον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ μυλινον A,NU ¦ μυλικον C ¦ λιθον ℵ}}} μέγαν καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν λέγων·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:21 }{\FT{λεγων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} ¦ 1 ουτως
{\IT{rell}}}}} «Ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι.

\VS{22}Καὶ φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν καὶ μουσικῶν καὶ αὐλητῶν καὶ σαλπιστῶν οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι. Καὶ πᾶς τεχνίτης πάσης τέχνης οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι. Καὶ φωνὴ μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:22 }{\FT{και φωνη μυλου ου μη ακουσθη (φανη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅓,f}}) εν σοι ετι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,bpt,d,e,f,g,h,i}} A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,bpt,e¼,i¼}} ℵ}}}

\VS{23}Καὶ φῶς λύχνου οὐ μὴ φανῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 18:23 }{\FT{και φως λυχνου ου μη φανη (ακουσθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{gpt}}, ευρεθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}}) εν σοι ετι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b⅔,d⅖,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵ(C)CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅓,d⅗}} A}}} Καὶ φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι. Ὅτι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 18:23 }{\FT{οτι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,C,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,i¼}} HF}}} οἱ ἔμποροί σου ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 18:23 }{\FT{φαρμακεια
{\IT{rell}} ¦ φαρμακια
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅓,ept,gpt}} ℵA,C}}} σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη.»

\VS{24}Καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ αἵματα\FTNT{§}{{\FR 18:24 }{\FT{αιματα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e,f,g,h¼,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ αιμα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,h,i¼}} ℵA,C,NU,TR}}} προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.




\par }\Chap{19}{\SHB Her fall celebrated
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:1 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,h⅓,i¼}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅔,i}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} μετὰ ταῦτα ἤκουσα ὡς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:1 }{\FT{ως
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,g}} TR}}} φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ, μεγάλην,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:1 }{\FT{φωνην οχλου πολλου μεγαλην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g⅕}} CP,TR ¦ ~ 1423
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i⅔}} ℵA,C,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 (φωνης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅙}}) 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅕,d,e}} (The emphatic use of μεγαλην was not understood—some omitted while others ‘corrected’ the order; the reading of
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} gets isolated support from four further families.)}}} ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λεγόντων·\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:1 }{\FT{λεγοντων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ λεγοντος TR}}} «Ἀλληλούϊα· ἡ σωτηρία καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ δόξα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:1 }{\FT{η δυναμις και η δοξα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ~ 45312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e¼,h}} A,C,OC,NU ¦ ~ 4531 τιμη 312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔,i⅓}} TR ¦ 12 ℵ}}} τοῦ Θεοῦ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:1 }{\FT{του θεου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ κυριω τω θεω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} TR ¦ τω θεω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕,i⅓}}}}} ἡμῶν·

\VS{2}ὅτι ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι αἱ κρίσεις αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἔκρινεν τὴν πόρνην τὴν μεγάλην ἥτις διέφθειρεν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:2 }{\FT{διεφθειρεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,e⅕,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ εφθειρεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e⅗,g⅕,h}} (ℵ)C,NU,TR ¦ εκρινεν A ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}}}}} τὴν γῆν ἐν τῇ πορνείᾳ αὐτῆς· καὶ ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ ἐκ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:2 }{\FT{εκ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,h,i}} (ℵ)A,C,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 της
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,gpt,i¼}} TR}}} χειρὸς αὐτῆς.»

\VS{3}Καὶ δεύτερον εἴρηκεν·\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:3 }{\FT{δευτερον ειρηκεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅙,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 ειρηκαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅗}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 ειπαν C ¦ 1 ειπον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} ¦ εκ 1 ειρηκαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}} ¦ εκ 1 ειρηκασιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}} ¦ 1 ειρηκασιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,e⅙,hpt}}}}} «Ἀλληλούϊα· καὶ ὁ καπνὸς αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων.»

\VS{4}Καὶ ἔπεσαν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:4 }{\FT{επεσαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,dpt,e⅖,(g),h¼,i⅓}} ℵA,C,OC,NU,TR ¦ επεσον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,c2/7,dpt,e⅗,f,h,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF (There being no difference in meaning, evidently, the spelling fluctuated.) (Although a significant minority of the
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} representatives read επεσον, the quality and geographic distribution of those reading επεσαν is sufficiently superior so that these presumably reflect the archetype.)}}} οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:4 }{\FT{εικοσι τεσσαρες
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35¼}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓(⅙),b,(d⅓),ept,f,g⅔,hpt,ipt}} ℵ(A)C,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ κδ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓(⅐),(dpt),e⅓,g¼,h⅓}} ¦ 1 και 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅙}} (OC)TR}}}{\SUP{,}}\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:4 }{\FT{πρεσβυτεροι οι εικοσι τεσσαρες
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 23 και 41 OC}}} καὶ τὰ τέσσαρα ζῷα καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ Θεῷ τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:4 }{\FT{του θρονου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,d,e,g⅔,h¼,ipt}} CP,RP,TR ¦ τω θρονω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g⅓,h,ipt}} ℵA,C,HF,OC,NU}}} λέγοντες· «Ἀμήν· Ἀλληλούϊα.»

\VS{5}Καὶ φωνὴ ἐκ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:5 }{\FT{εκ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,f,ipt}} (ℵ)CP,TR ¦ απο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,g,h,ipt}} A,C,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν, λέγουσα, «Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Θεὸν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:5 }{\FT{τον θεον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ τω θεω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e⅙}} ℵA,C,NU}}} ἡμῶν, πάντες οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ καὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:5 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} [NU] ¦ — ℵC}}} οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:5 }{\FT{αυτον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e⅕}} TR}}} οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι.»


\par }{\SH The wedding of the Lamb
\par }
{\PP \VS{6}Καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:6 }{\FT{ως
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,e⅓,fpt,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,e⅔,fpt}}}}} φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ καὶ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν λέγοντας·\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:6 }{\FT{λεγοντας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,e,gpt}} TR ¦ λεγοντες
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,fpt,gpt,i⅓}} RP,HF ¦ λεγοντων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,fpt,h,i⅔}} A,CP,OC,NU ¦ λεγουσων ℵ (The accusative is correct, modifying the direct object of the main verb.)}}} «Ἀλληλούϊα· ὅτι ἐβασίλευσεν Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:6 }{\FT{κυριος ο θεος ημων
{\IT{rell}} [NU] ¦ 123 A,OC,TR ¦ 23214 ℵ ¦ 234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}}}}} ὁ Παντοκράτωρ.

\VS{7}Χαίρωμεν καὶ ἀγαλλιώμεθα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:7 }{\FT{αγαλλιωμεθα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d⅕,e⅓,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ αγαλλιωμεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e⅔,h}} ℵA,NU}}} καὶ δῶμεν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:7 }{\FT{δωμεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅖,e⅗,f,g,h,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ δωσωμεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,e¼}} NU ¦ δωσομεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅙}} A}}} τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:7 }{\FT{αυτω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,ept,f⅗,g,h,i}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ αυτου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,ept,f⅖}} ¦ αυτων ℵ}}} ὅτι ἦλθεν ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν.»

\VS{8}Καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καὶ καθαρόν,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:8 }{\FT{λαμπρον και καθαρον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g¼,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 13
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g⅔,h⅔}} ℵA,OC,NU ¦ ~ 31
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅖}} ¦ ~ 321
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅗}} TR}}} τὸ γὰρ βύσσινον τὰ δικαιώματα τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:8 }{\FT{των αγιων εστιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR}}}


\par }{\PP \VS{9}Καὶ λέγει μοι, «Γράψον· ‹Μακάριοι οἱ εἰς τὸ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:9 }{\FT{το
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,bpt,d,e,f,g⅔,h⅔,ipt}} (ℵA)CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ τον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,bpt,e⅕,g⅓,h⅓,ipt}} HF (All lexicons that mention the masculine form say it was a late arrival; if it didn’t exist in the first century it can’t be original, and so in verse 17 below.)}}} δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ Ἀρνίου κεκλημένοι.› » Καὶ λέγει μοι, «Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι ἀληθινοί εἰσιν τοῦ Θεοῦ.»\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:9 }{\FT{εισιν του Θεου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g¼,h⅓}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ ~ 231
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h⅓(⅓),i}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU}}}

\VS{10}Καὶ ἔπεσον\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:10 }{\FT{επεσον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,d⅖,e⅖,f,h⅓,i}} CP,TR ¦ επεσα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,bpt,c¼,d⅗,e⅗,g,h⅔,i¼}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU (There being no difference in meaning, evidently, the form fluctuated.)}}} ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ. Καὶ λέγει μοι· «Ὅρα μή· σύνδουλός σού εἰμι καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:10 }{\FT{μαρτυριαν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 του TR}}} Ἰησοῦ. Τῷ Θεῷ προσκύνησον· ἡ γὰρ μαρτυρία τοῦ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:10 }{\FT{του
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅕,e⅓,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,d,e⅔,h}} ℵA,NU}}} Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας.»


\par }{\SH The battle of Armageddon
\par }
{\PP \VS{11}Καὶ εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:11 }{\FT{ανεωγμενον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ηνεωγμενον ℵA,NU}}} καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος λευκός, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, καλούμενος Πιστὸς καὶ Ἀληθινός,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:11 }{\FT{καλουμενος πιστος και αληθινος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅙,g,h,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC[NU]TR ¦ 234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅗,f,i¼}} (A) ¦ ~ 2341
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ ~ 2134 ℵ}}} καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ.

\VS{12}Οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:12 }{\FT{αυτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF ¦ 1 ως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,e2/7,hpt}} A,OC[NU]TR}}} φλὸξ πυρός, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ διαδήματα πολλά, ἔχων ὀνόματα γεγραμμένα, καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:12 }{\FT{ονοματα γεγραμμενα και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,e⅗,(gpt),h⅓,ipt}} (ℵ)CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e⅖,f,gpt,h⅔,ipt}} A,NU,TR (The shorter form would be an easy omission, but to explain the longer form as an addition is difficult.) (OC is in small print.)}}} ὄνομα γεγραμμένον ὃ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν εἰ μὴ αὐτός·

\VS{13}καὶ περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον βεβαμμένον\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:13 }{\FT{βεβαμμενον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 εν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅓,f,i¼}} OC (OC is in small print.)}}} αἵματι, καὶ καλεῖται\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:13 }{\FT{καλειται
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,bpt,d,e,f,g,h¼,ipt}} CP,RP,TR ¦ κεκληται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,h,ipt}} (ℵ)A,HF,OC,NU}}} τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ὁ Λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ.

\VS{14}Καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα τὰ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:14 }{\FT{τα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,bpt,d¼,fpt,h⅓,ipt}} CP,RP,HF,OC[NU] ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅖,bpt,d,e,fpt,g,h⅔,ipt}} ℵA,TR}}} ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἐπὶ ἵπποις λευκοῖς,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:14 }{\FT{επι ιπποις λευκοις
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,f,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ εφ 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔,g,h}} ℵA,NU,TR ¦ εφ ιπποι πολλοι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅗,e¼}}}}} ἐνδεδυμένοι βύσσινον λευκὸν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:14 }{\FT{βυσσινον λευκον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 21 A ¦ 12 και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔,g⅓}} ℵ,TR}}} καθαρόν.

\VS{15}Καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία δίστομος\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:15 }{\FT{διστομος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,ept,f,g,h⅓,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h⅔}} ℵA,NU,TR ¦ ~ οξεια 1 OC (OC is in small print.)}}} ὀξεῖα, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῇ πατάξῃ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:15 }{\FT{παταξη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ πατασση OC,TR ¦ παταξει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}} ℵ}}} τὰ ἔθνη. Καὶ αὐτὸς ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ. Καὶ αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:15 }{\FT{της
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,h,i}} (ℵ)A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,i¼}} TR}}} ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ Παντοκράτορος.

\VS{16}Καὶ ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:16 }{\FT{αυτου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 το
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} TR}}} ὄνομα γεγραμμένον·

\par }{\PC ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΚΥΡΙΟΣ ΚΥΡΙΩΝ.


\par }{\SHB A feast for vultures
\par }
{\PP \VS{17}Καὶ εἶδον ἕνα\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:17 }{\FT{ενα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,e,gpt,h⅔,i⅖}} A,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 αλλον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ αλλον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅙,i⅕}} ℵ ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e⅙,f,gpt,h⅙,i⅖}} RP,HF}}} ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ· καὶ ἔκραξεν φωνῇ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:17 }{\FT{φωνη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,bpt,d,e,f,g⅔,h,i⅔}} A,CP,RP,TR ¦ εν 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,g⅓,i⅓}} ℵ,HF,OC[NU]}}} μεγάλῃ, λέγων πᾶσιν τοῖς ὀρνέοις τοῖς πετομένοις\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:17 }{\FT{πετομενοις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ πετωμενοις
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{i⅓}} [+20 assorted mss]TR}}} ἐν μεσουρανήματι, «Δεῦτε, συνάχθητε\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:17 }{\FT{συναχθητε
{\IT{rell}} ¦ και συναγεσθε TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}}}}} εἰς τὸ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:17 }{\FT{το
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,d⅓,e,gpt,hpt,ipt}} (ℵA)CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ τον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,d⅔,f,gpt,hpt,ipt}} HF}}} δεῖπνον τὸ μέγα τοῦ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:17 }{\FT{το μεγα του
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,e⅕,gpt,hpt,i⅗}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU ¦ τον μεγαν 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,f,gpt,hpt}} HF ¦ του μεγαλου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e}} TR}}} Θεοῦ,

\VS{18}ἵνα φάγητε σάρκας βασιλέων καὶ σάρκας χιλιάρχων καὶ σάρκας ἰσχυρῶν καὶ σάρκας ἵππων καὶ τῶν καθημένων ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν, καὶ σάρκας πάντων, ἐλευθέρων τε\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:18 }{\FT{τε
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR (OC is in small print.)}}} καὶ δούλων καὶ μικρῶν τε\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:18 }{\FT{τε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e¼,g,h⅓,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,f,h⅔,i⅕}} ℵA,NU,TR (OC is in small print.)}}} καὶ μεγάλων.»


\par }{\PP \VS{19}Καὶ εἶδον τὸ Θηρίον καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα αὐτῶν συνηγμένα ποιῆσαι πόλεμον\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:19 }{\FT{πολεμον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,d,e,f,g¼,h,i⅔}} CP,RP,TR ¦ τον 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,f¼,g,h¼,i⅓}} ℵA,HF,OC,NU}}} μετὰ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου καὶ μετὰ τοῦ στρατεύματος αὐτοῦ.

\VS{20}Καὶ ἐπιάσθη τὸ Θηρίον, καὶ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ὁ
\FTNT{*}{{\FR 19:20 }{\FT{μετ αυτου ο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,hpt}} ℵ,CP,NU ¦ οι 123 A ¦ μετα τουτου 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR ¦ ~ 312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g,hpt,i}} RP,HF,OC}}} Ψευδοπροφήτης, ὁ ποιήσας τὰ σημεῖα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ (ἐν οἷς ἐπλάνησεν τοὺς λαβόντας τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ Θηρίου καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας τῇ εἰκόνι αὐτοῦ). Ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς τὴν καιομένην\FTNT{†}{{\FR 19:20 }{\FT{την καιομενην
{\IT{rell}} ¦ της καιομενης A,NU ¦ της κεομενης ℵ}}} ἐν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 19:20 }{\FT{εν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,f⅖,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 1 τω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅔,f⅗,i⅕}} TR}}} θείῳ.

\VS{21}Καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 19:21 }{\FT{εξελθουση
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εκπορευομενη TR}}} ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ. Καὶ πάντα τὰ ὄρνεα ἐχορτάσθησαν ἐκ τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτῶν.




\par }\Chap{20}{\SH The Millennium
\par }
{\SHB Satan bound
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ εἶδον ἄγγελον καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἔχοντα τὴν κλεῖν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:1 }{\FT{κλειν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ κλιν ℵA ¦ κλειδα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,gpt}} TR}}} τῆς Ἀβύσσου καὶ ἅλυσιν μεγάλην ἐπὶ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ.

\VS{2}Καὶ ἐκράτησεν τὸν δράκοντα, τὸν ὄφιν τὸν ἀρχαῖον,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:2 }{\FT{τον οφιν τον αρχαιον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ο οφις ο αρχαιος A,NU}}} ὅς ἐστιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:2 }{\FT{εστιν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅛,c¼,d,h,ipt}} ℵ}}} διάβολος καὶ ὁ
\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:2 }{\FT{ο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d,f,h,i⅖}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,d¼,e,g,h¼,i⅗}} TR (OC is in small print.)}}} Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:2 }{\FT{ο πλανων την οικουμενην ολην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,fpt,g,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1234 OC ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,fpt,h}} ℵA,NU,TR (Since most versions are based on TR or NU, very few contain this important clause.) (OC is in small print.)}}} καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν χίλια ἔτη·

\VS{3}καὶ ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον καὶ ἔκλεισεν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:3 }{\FT{εκλεισεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,e⅗,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ εδησεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e2/7}} ¦ 1 αυτον TR}}} καὶ ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ἵνα μὴ πλανᾷ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:3 }{\FT{πλανα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅕,e⅖,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ πλανηση
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅗,h}} A,NU,TR ¦ πλανησει ℵ}}} ἔτι τὰ ἔθνη\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:3 }{\FT{ετι τα εθνη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 231 TR ¦ 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}}}}} ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη. Καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:3 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b⅗,d,e,f,ipt}} CP,RP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b⅖,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,HF,OC,NU}}} μετὰ ταῦτα δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:3 }{\FT{αυτον λυθηναι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f⅔,h⅓,ipt}} ℵ,CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f⅓,g,h⅔,ipt}} A,HF,NU}}} μικρὸν χρόνον.


\par }{\SHB Saints reign
\par }
{\PP \VS{4}Καὶ εἶδον θρόνους, καὶ ἐκάθισαν ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς, καὶ κρῖμα ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν πεπελεκισμένων διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἵτινες οὐ προσεκύνησαν τῷ Θηρίῳ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:4 }{\FT{τω θηριω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,bpt,e,f⅔,g,h⅖,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ το θηριον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,f⅓,g¼,h⅗,ipt}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} οὔτε\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:4 }{\FT{ουτε
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,bpt,d,e,f⅔,ipt}} CP,OC,TR ¦ ουδε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f⅓,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,RP,HF,NU}}} τῇ εἰκόνι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:4 }{\FT{τη εικονι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅗,g,h⅖,i⅓}} CP ¦ την εικονα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e⅖,f,g¼,h⅗,i⅔}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR}}} αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἔλαβον τὸ χάραγμα ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῶν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:4 }{\FT{το μετωπον αυτων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e⅗,f⅕}} CP,OC,TR ¦ των μετωπων 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅕,i⅕}} ¦ 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,f,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,NU ¦ των μετωπων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g,h¼}}}}} καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτῶν. Καὶ ἔζησαν καὶ ἐβασίλευσαν μετὰ τοῦ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:4 }{\FT{του
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} TR}}} Χριστοῦ χίλια\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:4 }{\FT{χιλια
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f⅗,h⅖,i⅓}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU ¦ τα 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d⅕,e⅕,f⅖,g,h⅗,i⅔}} RP,HF,TR}}} ἔτη.

\VS{5}(Καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔζησαν ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη.)\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:5 }{\FT{και (A,TR) οι (+δε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g¼}},TR) λοιποι των νεκρων (ανθρωπων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}}) ουκ εζησαν αχρι (ανεστησαν αχρι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e2/7}}; ανεζησαν εως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g¼}},TR)(εως OC) τελεσθη (τελεσθωσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}}; τελεσθηναι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}}) τα χιλια ετη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,f,g¼,h,i⅔}} (A)CP,RP,HF(OC)NU(TR) ¦ omit sentence
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,g,i⅓}} ℵ}}} Αὕτη ἡ ἀνάστασις ἡ πρώτη.

\VS{6}Μακάριος καὶ ἅγιος ὁ ἔχων μέρος ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῇ πρώτῃ· ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:6 }{\FT{ο δευτερος θανατος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ~ 1312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,g¼}} TR}}} οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ᾿ ἔσονται ἱερεῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ βασιλεύσουσιν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:6 }{\FT{μετ αυτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a2/7,b,d,e,f⅔,g⅗,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ μετα ταυτα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f⅓,g⅖,i⅕}}}}} χίλια\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:6 }{\FT{χιλια
{\IT{rell}} ¦ τα 1 ℵ[NU]}}} ἔτη.


\par }{\SHB The final rebellion
\par }
{\PP \VS{7}Καὶ ὅταν τελεσθῇ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:7 }{\FT{οταν τελεσθη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅓,f,h,ipt}} (ℵ)A,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ οτε ετελεσθησαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ οτε 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} ¦ μετα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f2/7,g,ipt}} HF}}} τὰ χίλια ἔτη λυθήσεται ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ,

\VS{8}καὶ ἐξελεύσεται πλανῆσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὰ ἐν ταῖς τέσσαρσιν γωνίαις τῆς γῆς, τὸν Γὼγ καὶ τὸν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:8 }{\FT{τον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,e⅖,f,g,h,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅗,f2/7,h¼}} ℵA,NU}}} Μαγώγ, συναγαγεῖν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:8 }{\FT{συναγαγειν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b⅗,e⅖,f2/7,g,h,i}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅖,d,e⅗,f,i⅕}} ℵ}}} αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:8 }{\FT{τον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f}} TR}}} πόλεμον, ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸς\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:8 }{\FT{αριθμος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,bpt,d,e,f,i⅓}} CP,RP,TR ¦ 1 αυτων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,g,h,i⅔}} ℵA,HF,OC,NU}}} ὡς ἡ
\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:8 }{\FT{ως η
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d,e⅗,f5/7,h,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ ωσει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,e⅖,f2/7,g,h¼,i⅕}}}}} ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης.

\VS{9}Καὶ ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὸ πλάτος τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐκύκλευσαν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:9 }{\FT{εκυκλευσαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,h¼,i⅕}} A,CP,HF,OC,NU ¦ εκυκλωσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵ,RP,TR (The two verbs are quite similar in form and apparently virtually identical in meaning.)}}} τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν ἁγίων καὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην. Καὶ κατέβη πῦρ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:9 }{\FT{πυρ εκ του ουρανου απο του θεου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅕,e⅕,f,(g⅗),i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ 1234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,h¼(¼)}} A,NU ¦ ~ 127534
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} ¦ ~ 1267534
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ ~ 2671534
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} ¦ ~ 1567234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g⅖,h⅗}} TR ¦ — ℵ}}} καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτούς.

\VS{10}Καὶ ὁ Διάβολος, ὁ πλανῶν αὐτούς, ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:10 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e,f,ipt}} (A)CP,RP,HF,NU,TR ¦ 1 του
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅕,h,ipt}} (ℵ)OC ¦ του
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g}}}}} θείου, ὅπου καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:10 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,ipt}} ℵ,TR}}} τὸ Θηρίον καὶ ὁ Ψευδοπροφήτης. Καὶ βασανισθήσονται ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων.


\par }{\SH The Great White Throne
\par }
{\PP \VS{11}Καὶ εἶδον θρόνον μέγαν λευκὸν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:11 }{\FT{μεγαν λευκον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f2/7,g,h⅔,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,bpt,d,e,f,h⅓,i⅕}} TR}}} καὶ τὸν καθήμενον ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:11 }{\FT{επ αυτον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 αυτου A,TR ¦ επανω αυτου ℵ ¦ 1 αυτω OC}}} οὗ ἀπὸ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:11 }{\FT{απο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 του ℵA,NU}}} προσώπου ἔφυγεν ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:11 }{\FT{ο ουρανος και η γη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} CP ¦ ~ 45312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (Representatives of
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,d,e,h}} join
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}.)}}} Καὶ τόπος οὐχ εὑρέθη αὐτοῖς.

\VS{12}Καὶ εἶδον τοὺς νεκρούς, τοὺς μεγάλους καὶ τοὺς μικρούς, ἑστῶτας\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:12 }{\FT{τους μεγαλους και τους μικρους εστωτας
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,g,h,ipt}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ~ 645312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,f,i⅕}} ¦ ~ 323456 ℵ ¦ ~ 5326
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{f⅕}} TR ¦ 6
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,i⅕}}}}} ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:12 }{\FT{ενωπιον του θρονου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 12 θεου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅕,e¼}} TR ¦ 123 του θεου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ επι 23 ℵ}}} καὶ βιβλία ἀνεῴχθησαν.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:12 }{\FT{ανεωχθησαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} CP ¦ ηνεωχθησαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e,g⅖,h⅓,i⅕}} RP,TR ¦ ηνοιχθησαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,f,h¼,i⅖}} A,OC,NU ¦ ηνεωχθη ℵ ¦ ηνοιξαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,(g⅗),i⅓}} HF (Apparently we have alternate spellings that do not affect the meaning.)}}} Καὶ ἄλλο Βιβλίον ἀνεῴχθη,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:12 }{\FT{ανεωχθη
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{f¼,h¼}} CP ¦ ηνεωχθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b⅓,e⅓,f,g,hpt,i}} RP,HF(TR) ¦ ηνοιχθη
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,ept}} A,OC,NU ¦ — ℵ}}} ὅ ἐστιν τῆς Ζωῆς. Καὶ ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις, κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν.

\VS{13}Καὶ ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ νεκρούς,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:13 }{\FT{εν αυτη νεκρους
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,e}} CP,TR ¦ εαυτης 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ ~ 3 τους 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU (The dead have already been introduced, emphatically, in verse 12, so here the unmarked form is appropriate.)}}} καὶ ὁ Θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς νεκρούς.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:13 }{\FT{εν αυτοις νεκρους
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,e}} TR ¦ εαυτων 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g⅓}} CP ¦ ~ 3 τους 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,f,gpt,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} Καὶ ἐκρίθησαν ἕκαστος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 20:13 }{\FT{αυτων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,d,e,f2/7,g,h}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ αυτου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,f,i}} HF}}}

\VS{14}Καὶ ὁ Θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός. Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 20:14 }{\FT{εστιν ο θανατος ο δευτερος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} CP ¦ ~ 1453
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,e¼,h⅓,ipt}} TR ¦ ~ 23451
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,e¼,f,gpt,h¼,ipt}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ~ 2351
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,ept}} ¦ ~ 4531
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} ℵ}}} ἡ λίμνη τοῦ πυρός.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 20:14 }{\FT{η λιμνη του πυρος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,e⅔,h¼,ipt}} OC,TR}}}

\VS{15}Καὶ εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν τῇ Βίβλῳ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 20:15 }{\FT{εν τη βιβλω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{(d),e,g2/7,h,i⅓}} ℵA,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 τω βιβλιω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,g⅗,i⅔}} RP,HF ¦ εις την βιβλον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}}}}} τῆς Ζωῆς γεγραμμένος ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός.




\par }\Chap{21}{\SH New heaven, new earth
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ εἶδον οὐρανὸν καινὸν καὶ γῆν καινήν, ὁ γὰρ πρῶτος οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ πρώτη γῆ παρῆλθεν·\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:1 }{\FT{παρηλθεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h⅙}} CP,TR ¦ απηλθεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,i⅕}} ¦ απηλθον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,h,ipt}} RP,HF,OC ¦ απηλθαν ℵA,NU (The earth with its atmosphere is treated as a unit.)}}} καὶ ἡ θάλασσα οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι.

\VS{2}Καὶ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:2 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 εγω ιωαννης ειδον TR}}} τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν, Ἱερουσαλὴμ Καινήν, εἶδον\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:2 }{\FT{ειδον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:2 }{\FT{απο του θεου εκ του ουρανου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e}} CP,TR ¦ ~ 456123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅕,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἡτοιμασμένην ὡς νύμφην κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς.

\VS{3}Καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:3 }{\FT{ουρανου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ θρονου ℵA,NU}}} λεγούσης· «Ἰδού, ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ σκηνώσει μετ᾿ αὐτῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ λαὸς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:3 }{\FT{λαος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅓,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ λαοι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅔,h}} ℵA,NU,TR}}} αὐτοῦ ἔσονται, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἔσται μετ᾿ αὐτῶν.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:3 }{\FT{εσται μετ αυτων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,bpt,e⅗}} ℵ,CP,RP ¦ ~ 231
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f2/7,g,i⅓}} HF,OC ¦ 123 θεος 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅖,f,h¼(pt),i⅔}} TR ¦ ~ 2313 θεος A[NU]}}}

\VS{4}Καὶ ἐξαλείψει πᾶν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:4 }{\FT{παν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e⅓,f,g,h,ipt}} ℵ,CP,RP,NU ¦ ο θεος 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅗}} A,TR ¦ απ αυτων 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,ipt}} HF ¦ απ αυτων ο θεος 1 OC (OC is in small print)}}} δάκρυον ἀπὸ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:4 }{\FT{απο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εκ ℵA,NU}}} τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ ὁ θάνατος οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι, οὔτε πένθος οὔτε κραυγὴ οὔτε πόνος—οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι, ὅτι τὰ πρῶτα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:4 }{\FT{οτι τα πρωτα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF,OC[NU]TR ¦ 2 γαρ 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕,h}} A ¦ 2 προβατα ℵ}}} ἀπῆλθον.»\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:4 }{\FT{απηλθον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,bpt,d,e,gpt,h¼,ipt}} CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ απηλθεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,gpt,h,ipt}} ℵ,HF ¦ απηλθαν A,NU}}}


\par }{\PP \VS{5}Καὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:5 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔}}}}} εἶπεν ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:5 }{\FT{επι του θρονου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,ept,hpt,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ 1 τω θρονω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,ept,f,g,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ εν τω θρονω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt(d)}} (Is the Creator relaxed on His throne [dative], a little bored or sad, saying, “Well, you know, I guess I’ll have to start over,” or is He sitting on the edge of His chair [genitive], excited, saying, “Hey, I’m going to make everything new!”? We know that as an eye witness John was good at observing detail [Jn. 19:34]; I imagine that it looked to John like He was going to get up and start right then!)}}} «Ἰδού, καινὰ ποιῶ πάντα.»\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:5 }{\FT{καινα ποιω παντα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,e¼,h,i⅓}} (ℵ)A,CP,OC,NU ¦ καινοποιω 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e⅕}} ¦ ~ 132
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR ¦ ~ 312
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,g,i⅔}} RP,HF}}} Καὶ λέγει μοι,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:5 }{\FT{μοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,bpt,d,e,f,h⅔,i⅔}} ℵ,CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,bpt,g,h⅓,i⅓}} A,HF,NU (OC is in small print.)}}} «Γράψον, ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι ἀληθινοὶ καὶ πιστοί\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:5 }{\FT{αληθινοι και πιστοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,bpt,d,e,f}} CP,RP,TR ¦ ~ 321
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f2/7,g,h,i}} ℵA,HF,OC,NU}}} εἰσιν.»\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:5 }{\FT{εισιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,h,i¼}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 του θεου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,f,i¼}} ¦ του θεου 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f2/7,g,ipt}} HF}}}

\VS{6}Καὶ εἶπέν μοι· «Γέγονα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:6 }{\FT{γεγονα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,ept,gpt,i⅓}} CP,RP,HF ¦ γεγονε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,e¼}} ¦ 1 εγω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e⅓,f,gpt,h¼,i⅓}} ℵ ¦ γεγονεν εγω OC ¦ γεγοναν εγω ειμι A[NU] ¦ γεγονε εγω ειμι TR ¦ γεγονασιν εγω ειμι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt,i⅓}}}}} τὸ Ἄλφα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:6 }{\FT{αλφα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ Α OC,TR}}} καὶ τὸ Ὦ, Ἀρχὴ καὶ Τέλος.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:6 }{\FT{αρχη και τελος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept,f}} CP ¦ η 12 το 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,g,h,i}} ℵA,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 2 η 12 το 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e¼}} HF (The absence of the article emphasizes the inherent quality of the nouns.)}}} Ἐγὼ τῷ διψῶντι δώσω\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:6 }{\FT{δωσω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 αυτω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f}} HF}}} ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς δωρεάν.

\VS{7}Ὁ νικῶν κληρονομήσει ταῦτα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:7 }{\FT{κληρονομησει ταυτα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e⅔,gpt,h,i⅓}} (ℵ)A,CP,RP,NU ¦ εσται ουτω 2 OC ¦ 1 παντα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} TR ¦ δωσω αυτω 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,i⅔}} HF}}} καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ Θεός, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι υἱός.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:7 }{\FT{αυτος εσται μοι (μου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼}}) υιος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt}} A ¦ 123 ο 4 TR ¦ αυτοι εσονται 3 υιοι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept}}}}}

\VS{8}Τοῖς δὲ δειλοῖς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:8 }{\FT{τοις δε δειλοις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 32
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR ¦ 12 ως διλοις ℵ{\SUP{v}}}}} καὶ ἀπίστοις καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:8 }{\FT{και αμαρτωλοις και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e⅕,h}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e2/7}}}}} ἐβδελυγμένοις καὶ φονεῦσιν καὶ πόρνοις καὶ φαρμακοῖς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:8 }{\FT{φαρμακοις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ φαρμακευσι TR}}} καὶ εἰδωλολάτραις, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ψευδέσιν, τὸ μέρος αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ λίμνῃ τῇ καιομένῃ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:8 }{\FT{καιομενη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 εν OC}}} πυρὶ καὶ θείῳ, ὅ ἐστιν ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος.»\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:8 }{\FT{ο θανατος ο δευτερος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f⅗,g,h⅗,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 24
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,h⅓}} ¦ 234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,f⅖}} ¦ ~ 142
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} ¦ ~ 42
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e⅐}} TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}}}}}


\par }{\SH The New Jerusalem
\par }
{\PP \VS{9}Καὶ ἦλθεν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:9 }{\FT{ηλθεν
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 προς με TR}}} εἷς ἐκ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:9 }{\FT{εκ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,g,hpt,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,bpt,d,e,hpt}} OC,TR}}} τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόντων τὰς ἑπτὰ φιάλας γεμούσας τῶν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:9 }{\FT{γεμουσας των
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,e2/7,f,gpt,i⅓}} CP,RP,HF ¦ τας 12
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,e⅖,gpt,hpt,i⅖}} OC,TR ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a}} ¦ 2 γεμοντων 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕,hpt,i⅕}} ℵA,NU ¦ 2 γεμοντων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt}} ¦ τας εχουσας 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}}}}} ἑπτὰ πληγῶν τῶν ἐσχάτων, καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ λέγων, «Δεῦρο, δείξω σοι τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν νύμφην τοῦ Ἀρνίου.»\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:9 }{\FT{την γυναικα την νυμφην του αρνιου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF ¦ ~ 341256
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,h}} ℵA,OC,NU ¦ ~ 345612
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,i⅓}} TR}}}

\VS{10}Καὶ ἀπήνεγκέν με ἐν Πνεύματι ἐπ᾿\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:10 }{\FT{επ
{\IT{rell}} ¦ επι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,hpt}} ℵA,NU}}} ὄρος μέγα καὶ ὑψηλόν, καὶ ἔδειξέν μοι τὴν πόλιν τὴν μεγάλην, τὴν ἁγίαν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:10 }{\FT{την μεγαλην την αγιαν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅙}} CP,RP,TR ¦ 12 και 4
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f⅗,ipt}} ¦ 34
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f2/7,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,HF,OC,NU (“the great” [{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}},a{\SUP{⅙}},b{\SUP{pt}},d,e,f,i{\SUP{pt}}] has better attestation than ‘omit’ [a,b{\SUP{pt}},{\BD{f}}{\SUP{2/7}},g,h,i{\SUP{pt}},ℵA], and “the holy” [{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}},a,b{\SUP{pt}},e{\SUP{¼}},{\BD{f}}{\SUP{⅖}},g,h,i{\SUP{pt}},ℵA] than “and holy” [b{\SUP{pt}},d,e,{\BD{f}}{\SUP{⅗}},i{\SUP{pt}}]; so
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} preserves the original.)}}} Ἱερουσαλήμ, καταβαίνουσαν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:10 }{\FT{απο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,d,e,gpt,h,i⅔}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅕}} ¦ εκ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt(pt),f⅖(⅗),gpt,i⅓}} HF}}} τοῦ Θεοῦ,

\VS{11}ἔχουσαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ὁ
\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:11 }{\FT{ο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,e2/7,f,g,hpt,i⅔}} ℵ(A)CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,e,g¼,hpt,i⅓}} TR}}} φωστὴρ αὐτῆς ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλίζοντι,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:11 }{\FT{κρυσταλιζοντι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b⅗,d,e⅗,f⅗,g⅗,h,i⅗}} CP ¦ κρυσταλλιζοντι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b⅖,d⅕,e⅖,f⅖,g⅖,h¼,i⅖}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (It would appear that John invented this verb, so he could spell it as he wished. Each of the MS groups has some division, but the single consonant has the edge in all except
{\BD{a}}. Since the noun is spelled with a double consonant, there would be an obvious pressure to ‘correct’ John’s invention; if the verb started out with a double consonant who would want to change it?)}}}

\VS{12}ἔχουσα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:12 }{\FT{εχουσα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,e⅗,f,g,h,i}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ εχουσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}} CP ¦ 1 τε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅖}} ¦ εχουσαν τε TR ¦ εχοντι ℵ}}} τεῖχος μέγα καὶ ὑψηλόν, ἔχουσα\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:12 }{\FT{εχουσα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εχουσαν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}} TR ¦ εχοντας ℵ}}} πυλῶνας δώδεκα καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς πυλῶσιν ἀγγέλους δώδεκα,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:12 }{\FT{δωδεκα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,bpt,d,e⅗,f,h,i⅔}} CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ δεκαδυο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,g,i⅓}} HF ¦ ιβ ℵ ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e2/7}} A}}} καὶ ὀνόματα ἐπιγεγραμμένα, ἅ ἐστιν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:12 }{\FT{εστιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ 1 ονοματα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,g,hpt,i⅔}} RP,HF,OC ¦ 1 τα ονοματα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,h⅓,i⅕}} A[NU] (OC is in small print.)}}} τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν τῶν υἱῶν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:12 }{\FT{των υιων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,e⅔,gpt,h⅖}} CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ του
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,d,e⅓,i⅕}} ¦ 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,b,f,gpt,h⅗,i⅔}} ℵA,HF,NU (The reading of ℵA is an easy instance of homoioteleuton, -ΩΝ -ΩΝ -ΩΝ, wherein they dropped the middle one.)}}} Ἰσραήλ·

\VS{13}ἀπὸ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:13 }{\FT{απο
{\IT{rell}} ¦ απ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} OC,TR}}} ἀνατολῶν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:13 }{\FT{ανατολων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e¼,f,g,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ανατολης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,h,i⅓}} ℵA,NU,TR}}} πυλῶνες τρεῖς, καὶ ἀπὸ βορρᾶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:13 }{\FT{και απο βορρα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,d⅕,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐,d,e,h¼}} TR ¦ 12 δυσμων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅐}}}}} πυλῶνες τρεῖς, καὶ ἀπὸ νότου\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:13 }{\FT{και απο νοτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,d,f,g,h,i⅕}} CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅛,ept}} TR ¦ 12 δυσμων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{i⅓}} A ¦ 2 δυσμων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅖}} ¦ 12 βορρα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙}} ℵ}}} πυλῶνες τρεῖς, καὶ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:13 }{\FT{και απο δυσμων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,d,f,g,h,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅛,ept}} TR ¦ 12 νοτου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅛,i⅓}} ℵA ¦ 2 μεσημβριας
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}}}}} πυλῶνες τρεῖς.

\VS{14}Καὶ τὸ τεῖχος τῆς πόλεως ἔχον\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:14 }{\FT{εχον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εχων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{c⅐,d¼,e⅓,g⅓,ipt}} A,NU ¦ — ℵ}}} θεμελίους δώδεκα, καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:14 }{\FT{επ αυτων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ εν αυτοις TR}}} δώδεκα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:14 }{\FT{δωδεκα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,dpt,e⅗,f,g,hpt,i⅔}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ιβ΄
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,d⅕,e¼,h¼}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,h⅕,i¼}} TR}}} ὀνόματα τῶν δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τοῦ Ἀρνίου.

\VS{15}Καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ εἶχεν μέτρον,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:15 }{\FT{μετρον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d¼,e2/7,fpt,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,fpt}} TR}}} κάλαμον χρυσοῦν, ἵνα μετρήσῃ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας αὐτῆς.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:15 }{\FT{αυτης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,g}} CP ¦ 1 και το τειχος 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,f,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (The city didn’t have a free standing wall outside the main structure; it was like a modern high-rise.)}}}

\VS{16}Καὶ ἡ πόλις τετράγωνος κεῖται, καὶ τὸ μῆκος αὐτῆς ὅσον\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:16 }{\FT{οσον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ και
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅔}} ¦ 1 και A,OC[NU] ¦ τοσουτον εστιν 1 και TR (OC is in small print.)}}} τὸ πλάτος. Καὶ ἐμέτρησεν τὴν πόλιν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:16 }{\FT{πολιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,fpt,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,NU,TR ¦ 1 εν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e,fpt}} OC (OC is in small print.)}}} τῷ καλάμῳ ἐπὶ σταδίους\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:16 }{\FT{σταδιους
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,g,h}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ σταδιων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,i}} ℵ,NU,TR}}} δώδεκα\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:16 }{\FT{δωδεκα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,gpt,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ δεκαδυο
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f}} HF ¦ ιβ΄ [24 assorted mss]}}} χιλιάδων δώδεκα.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:16 }{\FT{δωδεκα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,gpt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,e,h,i}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR ¦ αυτης
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} (A delightful bit of detailed accuracy; the gates [12] were 1,000 stadia apart and each gate was a stadium wide, so the circumference was precisely 12,012 stadia!)}}} Τὸ μῆκος καὶ τὸ πλάτος καὶ τὸ ὕψος αὐτῆς ἴσα ἐστίν.

\VS{17}Καὶ ἐμέτρησεν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:17 }{\FT{εμετρησεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,g,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f}} HF}}} τὸ τεῖχος αὐτῆς, ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα τεσσάρων\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:17 }{\FT{εκατον τεσσαρακοντα τεσσαρων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,b,c⅛,d,e,f,gpt,hpt,ipt}} CP,RP,HF,OC(NU)TR ¦ ρμδ΄
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,d⅕,e2/7,f⅕,gpt,hpt,ipt}} ¦ 1 μδ΄ ℵ ¦ Δ και 12 A}}} πηχῶν, μέτρον ἀνθρώπου (ὅ ἐστιν ἀγγέλου).

\VS{18}Καὶ ἦν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:18 }{\FT{ην
{\IT{rell}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼,h¼}} A,NU}}} ἡ ἐνδόμησις\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:18 }{\FT{η ενδομησις
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ενδωμησις A,NU ¦ εν δωμασι ℵ}}} τοῦ τείχους αὐτῆς ἴασπις· καὶ ἡ πόλις χρυσίον καθαρόν, ὅμοιον\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:18 }{\FT{ομοιον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅓,e⅙,f,gpt,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ομοια
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔,e,gpt}} TR (The adjective modifies ‘gold’, neuter.)}}} ὑέλῳ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:18 }{\FT{υελω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b¼,d⅕,ept,g⅖,hpt,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ υαλω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d,ept,f,g⅗,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR (In the same standoff in verse 21 below, the attestation for the
{\IT{epsilon}} is clearly stronger.)}}} καθαρῷ·

\VS{19}καὶ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:19 }{\FT{και
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b⅖,d,e,gpt,h¼,ipt}} ℵ,CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b⅗,f,gpt,h,ipt}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους τῆς πόλεως παντὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ κεκοσμημένοι· ὁ θεμέλιος ὁ πρῶτος ἴασπις, ὁ δεύτερος σάπφειρος,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:19 }{\FT{σαπφειρος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ σαπφιρος NU}}} ὁ τρίτος χαλκηδών,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:19 }{\FT{χαλκηδων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ χαλκιδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} ¦ χαλκεδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓}} ¦ καρχηδων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}} ¦ at least six further spellings}}} ὁ τέταρτος σμάραγδος,

\VS{20}ὁ πέμπτος σαρδώνυξ,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:20 }{\FT{σαρδωνυξ
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b⅗,d,f⅔,h¼,i¼}} CP ¦ σαρδιωνυξ A ¦ σαρδονυξ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b⅖,c⅖,e,f⅓,g,h,i}} ℵ,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (If the
{\IT{omega}} is not original, one wonders where it came from, unless some identified the stone with Sardinia [Σαρδω]. But there is a stone called σαρδω, and we may be missing some relevant information that would clean up the mystery. That representatives of almost all groups, plus A, have the
{\IT{omega}} suggests that it may be original. Why would copyists change a common, expected form to an uncommon one?)}}} ὁ ἕκτος σάρδιος,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:20 }{\FT{σαρδιος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e,gpt,hpt,i⅔}} CP,TR ¦ σαρδιον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,f,gpt,hpt,i⅓}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ὁ ἕβδομος χρυσόλιθος, ὁ ὄγδοος βήρυλλος, ὁ ἔνατος\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:20 }{\FT{ενατος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔,b,dpt,e⅕,f,g⅔,h⅗,i⅗}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ εννατος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,dpt,e⅔,f¼,g⅓,i⅖}} ¦ θ΄
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} ℵ}}} τοπάζιον, ὁ δέκατος χρυσόπρασος,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:20 }{\FT{χρυσοπρασος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ χρυσοπασος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓}} ¦ χρυσοπρασον A ¦ at least twelve further spellings}}} ὁ ἑνδέκατος ὑάκινθος,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:20 }{\FT{υακινθος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ υακινθινος CP}}} ὁ δωδέκατος ἀμέθυσος.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:20 }{\FT{αμεθυσος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,e,f,g,hpt,i}} RP,HF ¦ αμεθυστος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d¼,hpt}} A,CP,OC,NU,TR ¦ αμεθυστινος ℵ}}}

\VS{21}Καὶ οἱ δώδεκα πυλῶνες δώδεκα μαργαρῖται—ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς μαργαρίτου. Καὶ ἡ πλατεῖα τῆς πόλεως χρυσίον καθαρόν, ὡς ὕελος\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:21 }{\FT{υελος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,e⅓,f¼,g,h⅔,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ υαλος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e⅔,f,h⅓,ipt}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR}}} διαυγής.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:21 }{\FT{διαυγης
{\IT{rell}} ¦ διαφανης TR}}}


\par }{\SHB Her glory
\par }
{\PP \VS{22}Καὶ ναὸν οὐκ εἶδον ἐν αὐτῇ, ὁ γὰρ Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Παντοκράτωρ ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον.

\VS{23}Καὶ ἡ πόλις οὐ χρείαν ἔχει τοῦ ἡλίου οὐδὲ τῆς σελήνης ἵνα φαίνωσιν ἐν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:23 }{\FT{εν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,ept,h⅓}} CP,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,ept,f,g,h⅔,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU (A not very difficult case of homoioteleuton; since the resulting reading made good sense, there was no reason to question it.)}}} αὐτῇ, ἡ γὰρ δόξα\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:23 }{\FT{η γαρ δοξα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,f,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 213
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f¼,g}} HF}}} τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐφώτισεν αὐτήν, καὶ ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ Ἀρνίον.

\VS{24}Καὶ περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη διὰ τοῦ φωτὸς αὐτῆς,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:24 }{\FT{περιπατησουσιν τα εθνη δια του φωτος αυτης
{\IT{rell}} ¦ ~ 23 των σωζομενων εν τω φωτι 71 TR ¦ ~ 23 των σωζομενων τω φωτι 71234567
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}}}}} καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς φέρουσιν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν αὐτῶν εἰς αὐτήν.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 21:24 }{\FT{την δοξαν και την τιμην αυτων εις αυτην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,e⅕,gpt,ipt}} CP,OC,TR ¦ 12678
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,ept,h}} ℵA,NU ¦ 12345 των εθνων 78
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ αυτω 235 των εθνων 78
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,gpt,ipt}} RP,HF (την has stronger attestation than αυτω, and αυτων than των εθνων;
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} preserves the original.)}}}

\VS{25}Καὶ οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν ἡμέρας (νὺξ γὰρ οὐκ ἔσται ἐκεῖ).

\VS{26}Καὶ οἴσουσιν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰς αὐτήν.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 21:26 }{\FT{αυτην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b,d,e,gpt,h,ipt}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 ινα εισελθωσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e¼,f,gpt,h¼,ipt}} HF}}}

\VS{27}Καὶ οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτὴν πᾶν κοινὸν\FTNT{§}{{\FR 21:27 }{\FT{κοινον
{\IT{rell}} ¦ κοινουν TR}}} καὶ ποιοῦν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 21:27 }{\FT{ποιουν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b⅔,d,e,f,h⅓,ipt}} CP,RP,TR ¦ ποιων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b⅓,h⅓}} A ¦ ο ποιων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,g,h⅓,ipt}} ℵ{\SUP{v}},HF,OC[NU] (OC is in small print.)}}} βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος, εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ Βιβλίῳ τῆς Ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου.




\par }\Chap{22}{\SHB Her river
\par }
{\PP \VerseOne{1}Καὶ ἔδειξέν μοι ποταμὸν καθαρὸν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:1 }{\FT{ποταμον καθαρον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f,gpt,h⅓,ipt}} CP,RP ¦ ~ 21 TR ¦ 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,gpt,h⅔,ipt}} ℵA,HF,OC,NU}}} ὕδατος ζωῆς, λαμπρὸν ὡς κρύσταλον,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:1 }{\FT{κρυσταλον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,b⅓,d⅕,e⅖,gpt,ipt}} ¦ κρυσταλλον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b⅔,c⅖,d,e⅗,f,gpt,h,ipt}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR (Having spelled the verb with just one ‘l’, John handles the noun the same way; the unusual spelling led copyists to ‘correct’ him.)}}} ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἀρνίου,

\VS{2}ἐν μέσῳ τῆς πλατείας αὐτῆς· καὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐντεῦθεν καὶ ἐντεῦθεν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:2 }{\FT{εντευθεν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,bpt,d,e,hpt,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ εκειθεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,f,g,hpt,ipt}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ξύλον ζωῆς ποιοῦν καρποὺς δώδεκα, κατὰ μῆνα ἕκαστον ἀποδιδοὺς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:2 }{\FT{εκαστον αποδιδους
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,e⅕}} ℵ,CP,RP ¦ 1 αποδιδον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,fpt}} ¦ 1 αποδιδουν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓,e⅔,h⅓}} A,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 21
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅖,bpt,f⅓,gpt}} HF ¦ αποδιδους εκαστος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅓,gpt}} [i is badly splintered] (-δους [{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}},a,b{\SUP{pt}},d{\SUP{pt}},e{\SUP{¼}},{\BD{f}}{\SUP{⅓}},g,h{\SUP{pt}},i{\SUP{pt}},ℵ] has stronger attestation than both -δουν [a{\SUP{⅐}},d{\SUP{⅓}},e,h{\SUP{⅓}},A] and -δον [b{\SUP{pt}},{\BD{f}}{\SUP{pt}}]; and ε. α. [{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}},b{\SUP{pt}},d,e,{\BD{f}}{\SUP{⅔}},h,i{\SUP{pt}},ℵA] than α. ε. [a,b{\SUP{pt}},{\BD{f}}{\SUP{⅓}},g]; so
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} has the correct reading.)}}} τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ τὰ φύλλα τοῦ ξύλου εἰς θεραπείαν τῶν ἐθνῶν.

\VS{3}Καὶ πᾶν κατάθεμα\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:3 }{\FT{καταθεμα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ καταναθεμα TR ¦ καταγμα ℵ}}} οὐκ ἔσται ἐκεῖ,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:3 }{\FT{εκει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f,gpt,hpt,ipt}} CP ¦ ετι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,gpt,hpt,ipt}} A,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ — ℵ}}} καὶ ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἀρνίου ἐν αὐτῇ ἔσται, καὶ οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:3 }{\FT{λατρευσουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,b⅔,d,e⅔,f⅔,g⅔,h⅔,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ λατρευουσιν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅖,b⅓,e⅓,f⅓,g⅓,h⅓}} HF}}} αὐτῷ.

\VS{4}Καὶ ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν.

\VS{5}Καὶ νὺξ οὐκ ἔσται ἐκεῖ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:5 }{\FT{εκει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,bpt,d,e,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,TR ¦ ετι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,hpt}} ℵA,OC,NU ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a}} HF}}} καὶ χρείαν οὐκ ἔχουσιν\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:5 }{\FT{χρειαν ουκ εχουσιν
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,d,e,f,i}} CP,RP,TR ¦ ~ 231
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h,i¼}} ℵ(A)NU ¦ ου χρεια
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,g}} OC,HF}}} λύχνου καὶ φωτὸς ἡλίου,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:5 }{\FT{λυχνου και φωτος (φως
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,e¼,f}}) ηλιου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,bpt,dpt,e,f,i⅔}} CP,RP,OC,TR ¦ φως 12 φως 4
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,hpt}} ¦ ~ 31234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{hpt,i⅓}} ℵ(A)NU ¦ 123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,g}} HF ¦ 34
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}}}}} ὅτι Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς φωτιεῖ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:5 }{\FT{φωτιει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d¼,e,g,h⅔,i⅓}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ φωτιζει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e⅙,f,i⅓}} TR ¦ φωτισει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h⅓,i⅓}} A,NU}}} αὐτούς. Καὶ βασιλεύσουσιν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων.


\par }{\MS Conclusion

\par }{\MM \VS{6}Καὶ λέγει\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:6 }{\FT{λεγει
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,g}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ειπεν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,bpt,d,e,f,h,i}} ℵA,NU,TR}}} μοι· «Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί. Καὶ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:6 }{\FT{και
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ο ℵA,NU}}} Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:6 }{\FT{πνευματων των
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,f,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ 12 αγιων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} ¦ αγιων
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,d,e,g¼,ipt}} TR}}} προφητῶν ἀπέστειλεν τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ δεῖξαι τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:6 }{\FT{δειξαι τοις δουλοις αυτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,b,e,f,g,h,i}} (ℵ)A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ διδαξαι 234
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅔}}}}} ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει.

\VS{7}Ἰδού,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:7 }{\FT{ιδου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,bpt,e,f,g¼,hpt,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,g,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἔρχομαι ταχύ. Μακάριος ὁ τηρῶν τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου.»


\par }{\PP \VS{8}Κἀγὼ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:8 }{\FT{καγω
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,e⅕,gpt,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ και εγω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,bpt,d,e,f,gpt,hpt,ipt}} TR}}} Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀκούων καὶ βλέπων ταῦτα,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:8 }{\FT{ακουων και βλεπων ταυτα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,e⅕,g,hpt,ipt}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ~ 3214
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e,f,hpt}} ℵ ¦ ~ 3421
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,ipt}} TR}}} καὶ ὅτε ἤκουσα καὶ ἔβλεψα,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:8 }{\FT{εβλεψα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,bpt,d,e,f,h,ipt}} ℵ,CP,RP,OC,NU,TR ¦ εβλεπον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} A ¦ οτε ειδον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,g,ipt}} HF ¦ ειδον
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,bpt}}}}} ἔπεσον\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:8 }{\FT{επεσον
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,e⅗,f,g,hpt,i}} CP,RP,HF ¦ επεσα
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,bpt,e⅖,hpt,i¼}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR}}} προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ δεικνύντος\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:8 }{\FT{δεικνυντος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,f⅓,g,h⅔}} (ℵ)(CP)HF ¦ δεικνυοντος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{apt,b,d,e,f⅔,h⅓,i}} (A)RP,OC,NU,TR}}} μοι ταῦτα.

\VS{9}Καὶ λέγει μοι· «Ὅρα μή· σύνδουλός σού\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:9 }{\FT{σου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 γαρ TR}}} εἰμι καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου τῶν προφητῶν, τῶν\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:9 }{\FT{των
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,e,f⅔}} CP ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d,e¼,f⅓,g,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR}}} τηρούντων τοὺς λόγους τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου. Τῷ Θεῷ προσκύνησον.»

\VS{10}Καὶ λέγει μοι· «Μὴ σφραγίσῃς τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου, ὅτι ὁ καιρὸς\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:10 }{\FT{οτι ο καιρος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,e,f¼,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ ~ 23 γαρ
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,fpt,gpt,h,ipt}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ ~ 2 γαρ 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,h⅙}} ¦ 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{f¼,gpt}}}}} ἐγγύς ἐστιν.

\VS{11}Ὁ ἀδικῶν ἀδικησάτω ἔτι, καὶ ὁ ῥυπαρὸς ῥυπαρευθήτω ἔτι,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:11 }{\FT{και ο ρυπαρος ρυπαρευθητω ετι
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 123 ρυπανθητω 5 ℵ,NU ¦ 2 ρυπων ρυπωσατω 5 TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b}} A}}} καὶ ὁ δίκαιος δικαιοσύνην ποιησάτω\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:11 }{\FT{δικαιοσυνην ποιησατω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ δικαιωθητω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d}} TR}}} ἔτι, καὶ ὁ ἅγιος ἁγιασθήτω ἔτι.»


\par }{\SH Jesus’ final word
\par }
{\PP \VS{12}«Ἰδού,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:12 }{\FT{ιδου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{ept}} TR}}} ἔρχομαι ταχύ, καὶ ὁ μισθός μου μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ, ἀποδοῦναι ἑκάστῳ ὡς τὸ ἔργον ἔσται αὐτοῦ.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:12 }{\FT{ως το εργον εσται αυτου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,gpt,hpt,ipt}} CP,RP,HF,OC ¦ ~ 12354
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,bpt,d⅓,e,f,gpt,hpt,ipt}} TR ¦ 123 εστιν 5 ℵA,NU ¦ κατα τα εργα 5
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅔}}}}}

\VS{13}Ἐγὼ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:13 }{\FT{εγω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ειμι TR}}} τὸ Ἄλφα\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:13 }{\FT{αλφα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,d⅓,e⅙,f,gpt,ipt}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,NU ¦ Α
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,c⅕,d⅔,e,gpt,h,ipt}} OC,TR}}} καὶ τὸ Ὦ, Ἀρχὴ καὶ Τέλος, ὁ Πρῶτος καὶ ὁ Ἔσχατος.»\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:13 }{\FT{αρχη και τελος ο πρωτος και ο εσχατος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,d,e,f,h¼,ipt}} CP,TR ¦ ~ 45678123 OC ¦ 45678
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅙}} ¦ ~ 45678 η 12 το 3
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,g,h⅔,ipt}} ℵ,RP,HF,NU ¦ ~ 568 η 12 το 3 A}}}

\VS{14}(Μακάριοι οἱ ποιοῦντες τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:14 }{\FT{ποιουντες τας εντολας αυτου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ πλυνοντες 2 στολας αυτων ℵA,NU}}} ἵνα ἔσται ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς, καὶ τοῖς πυλῶσιν εἰσέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν.

\VS{15}Ἔξω\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:15 }{\FT{εξω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 δε TR}}} οἱ κύνες καὶ οἱ φαρμακοὶ καὶ οἱ πόρνοι καὶ οἱ φονεῖς καὶ οἱ εἰδωλολάτραι, καὶ πᾶς φιλῶν καὶ ποιῶν\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:15 }{\FT{φιλων και ποιων
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,gpt,hpt}} A,CP,RP,NU ¦ ~ 321 ℵ ¦ ο 123
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,d,e,gpt,hpt,i}} HF,OC,TR ¦ ~ ο 321
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,f}} ¦ ~ ο 32 ο 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}}}}} ψεῦδος.)

\VS{16}«Ἐγὼ Ἰησοῦς, ἔπεμψα τὸν ἄγγελόν μου μαρτυρῆσαι ὑμῖν ταῦτα ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ Ῥίζα καὶ τὸ Γένος\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:16 }{\FT{γενος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 του TR}}} Δαυίδ, ὁ
\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:16 }{\FT{ο
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,e⅓,f,gpt,h,i}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ και 1
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{b,d,e⅔,gpt,h¼}}}}} Ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρὸς ὁ πρωϊνός.\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:16 }{\FT{ο πρωινος
{\IT{rell}} ¦ και 12 (A) ¦ και 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{h¼}} ¦ 121 αυτος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ και ορθρινος TR ¦ ~ 121 λαμπρος
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{f⅔}}}}}

\VS{17}Καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ νύμφη λέγουσιν, ‹Ἔρχου.›\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:17 }{\FT{Instead of ερχου twice, TR has ελθε twice. Only 3 MSS—Gregory 296, 2049, 2075—have ελθε, all three being XVI century and under suspicion of having copied Erasmus’ printed edition. No one knows where Erasmus got ελθε, but certainly it wasn’t from John.}}} Καὶ ὁ ἀκούων εἰπάτω, ‹Ἔρχου.› Καὶ ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:17 }{\FT{ερχεσθω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 και OC,TR}}} Ὁ θέλων, λαβέτω\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:17 }{\FT{λαβετω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ λαβειν
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e⅓}} ¦ λαμβανετω το TR}}} ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν.


\par }{\SHB A serious warning\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:17 }{\FT{[I find it to be curious that in spite of the serious warning contained in verses 18 and 19, a warning issued by the glorified Christ Himself, the Apocalypse suffered more textual alteration than any other New Testament book. I suppose that the explanation one gives will depend on his presuppositions.]}}}
\par }
{\PP \VS{18}»Μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:18 }{\FT{μαρτυρω εγω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ μαρτυρομαι 2
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,f}} ¦ η 12 ℵ ¦ συμμαρτυρομαι γαρ TR}}} παντὶ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:18 }{\FT{παντι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅕,dpt,ept,f⅕,i¼}} CP,TR ¦ 1 τω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,dpt,ept,f,g,h,i}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU}}} ἀκούοντι τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου· Ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ᾿ αὐτά,\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:18 }{\FT{επιθη επ αυτα
{\IT{rell}} ¦ επιθηση 23
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt}} ¦ επιτιθη προς ταυτα TR ¦ 1 επι ταυτα OC ¦ — ℵ}}} ἐπιθήσαι\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:18 }{\FT{επιθησαι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,gpt,ipt}} CP,RP,HF ¦ επιθησει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d⅔,e⅔,f,gpt,h⅔,i⅓}} ℵA,OC,NU,TR ¦ επιθηση
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d⅓}} ¦ επιθησεται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt}}}}} ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:18 }{\FT{επ αυτον ο Θεος
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt(d)ept,f,ipt}} ℵ,CP ¦ ~ 3412
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,g,h,ipt}} RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ ~ 34 αυτω
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ 34 A}}} τὰς ἑπτὰ\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:18 }{\FT{επτα
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,bpt,e,f,ipt}} CP ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,g,h,ipt}} ℵA,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR}}} πληγὰς τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:18 }{\FT{τω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} βιβλίῳ τούτῳ·

\VS{19}καὶ ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:19 }{\FT{αφελη
{\IT{rell}} ¦ αφεληται
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{e¼}} ¦ αφαιρη TR}}} ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τοῦ βιβλίου τῆς προφητείας ταύτης,\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:19 }{\FT{του βιβλιου της προφητειας ταυτης
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,e⅗,f,g,h,i}} A,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU ¦ βιβλου 345 TR ¦ τουτων 12345 ℵ ¦ ~ 3412 τουτου
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{d,e¼}}}}} ἀφέλοι\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:19 }{\FT{αφελοι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅗,bpt,e⅙,h⅓,i⅓}} CP,RP,HF ¦ αφελει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,d,e⅔,f,gpt,h⅔,ipt}} A,OC,NU ¦ αφελαι
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a⅙,gpt}} ¦ αφελι ℵ ¦ αφαιρησει
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,e⅙}} TR}}} ὁ Θεὸς τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:19 }{\FT{του ξυλου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ βιβλου TR}}} τῆς ζωῆς καὶ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἁγίας,\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:19 }{\FT{αγιας
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 και TR}}} τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τῷ\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:19 }{\FT{τω
{\IT{rell}} ¦ — TR}}} βιβλίῳ τούτῳ.»


\par }{\SH John signs off
\par }
{\PP \VS{20}Λέγει ὁ μαρτυρῶν ταῦτα, «Ναί, ἔρχομαι ταχύ.» Ἀμήν. Ναί,\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:20 }{\FT{ναι
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,bpt,d,e⅓,g,h⅓,i⅔}} CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{bpt,e⅔,f,h⅔,i⅓}} ℵA,NU}}} ἔρχου, Κύριε Ἰησοῦ.\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:20 }{\FT{ιησου
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,g,hpt,ipt}} ℵA,CP,RP,HF,OC,NU,TR ¦ 1 χριστε
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a¼,d,e,f,hpt,ipt}}}}}


\par }{\PP \VS{21}Ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ\FTNT{*}{{\FR 22:21 }{\FT{ιησου χριστου
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 1 ℵA,NU ¦ ημων 12 TR}}} μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων.\FTNT{†}{{\FR 22:21 }{\FT{παντων των αγιων
{\IT{rell}} ¦ 23 ℵ ¦ 1 A,NU ¦ 1 υμων TR}}} Ἀμήν.\FTNT{‡}{{\FR 22:21 }{\FT{αμην
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}}
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a,b,dpt,e⅔,f,g,h,i}} ℵ,CP,RP,HF,OC,TR ¦ —
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{dpt,e⅓}} A,NU}}}{\SUP{,}}\FTNT{§}{{\FR 22:21 }{\FT{The statements of evidence are based almost entirely on Herman C. Hoskier’s monumental work,
{\IT{Concerning the Text of the Apocalypse}} (London: Bernard Quaritch, Ltd., 1929; 2 vols.). I follow H-F in using
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a-e}}.
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{f-i}} are my invention—{\BD{M}}{\SUP{f}} was included by Hodges in his
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{a}} and he ignored
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{g-i}} (H-F is also based on Hoskier). For the composition of the
{\BD{M}} families see the Appendix. Many minor variants have not been included in the apparatus, which is why the fractions for a family do not always add up to 100\%. Where a fraction is ¼ or less I show the family without fraction for the other variant. The citation of
{\BD{f}}{\SUP{35}} is based on the 32 MSS that Hoskier assigned to
{\BD{M}}{\SUP{c}} (his “Complutensian”) [but he did not cite 243, and 231 is a mere fragment containing only the first two verses, but has the diagnostic reading at the end of verse 2]. To these the following ten MSS should be added: 1064, 1903 [his 243], 2201, 2323, 2431, 2434, 2554, 2656, 2669 and 2723. After determining that they belonged to the family, by checking a list of diagnostic readings, I then checked them individually at the ±110 places where three or more family members share a variant. At the 40 or so places where the dissent involved seven or more MSS I re-checked most of the MSS done by Hoskier [I had to make a number of corrections, but nothing serious]. I have taken account of every extant MS that belongs to Family 35, so far as I know. Please see the last footnote for Matthew for further information.}}}


\par }